SemaDecl.cpp revision 7586a6e6b7d79d4be031d2d0d6a35d5996cd0db9
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1178 assert(D); 1179 1180 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1181 return false; 1182 1183 // Ignore class templates. 1184 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1185 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1186 return false; 1187 1188 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1189 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1190 return false; 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1193 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1194 return false; 1195 } else { 1196 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1197 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1198 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1199 return false; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1203 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1204 return false; 1205 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1206 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1207 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1208 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1209 // intended to be used. 1210 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1211 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1212 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1213 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1214 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1218 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 } else { 1222 return false; 1223 } 1224 1225 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1226 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1227 return false; 1228 1229 return true; 1230} 1231 1232void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1233 if (!D) 1234 return; 1235 1236 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1237 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1238 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1239 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1240 } 1241 1242 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1243 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1244 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1245 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1246 } 1247 1248 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1249 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1250} 1251 1252static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1253 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1254 return false; 1255 1256 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1257 return false; 1258 1259 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1260 return true; 1261 1262 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1263 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1264 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1265 return false; 1266 1267 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1268 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1269 1270 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1271 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1272 1273 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1274 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1275 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 } 1278 1279 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1280 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1281 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1282 return false; 1283 1284 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1285 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1286 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1290 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1291 return false; 1292 1293 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1294 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1295 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1296 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1297 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1298 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1299 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1300 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1301 return false; 1302 } 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1308 } 1309 1310 return true; 1311} 1312 1313static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1314 FixItHint &Hint) { 1315 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1316 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1317 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1318 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1319 return; 1320 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1321 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1322 } 1323 return; 1324} 1325 1326/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1327/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1328void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1329 FixItHint Hint; 1330 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1331 return; 1332 1333 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1334 1335 unsigned DiagID; 1336 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1337 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1338 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1339 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1340 else 1341 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1342 1343 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1344} 1345 1346static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1347 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1348 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1349 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1350 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1351 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1352} 1353 1354void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1355 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1356 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1357 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1358 1359 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1360 I != E; ++I) { 1361 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1362 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1363 1364 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1365 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1366 1367 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1368 1369 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1370 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1371 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1372 1373 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1374 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1375 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1376 1377 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1378 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1379 } 1380} 1381 1382void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1383 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1384} 1385 1386void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1387 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1388 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1389} 1390 1391/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1392/// 1393/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1394/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1395/// to the fixed name. 1396/// 1397/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1398/// 1399/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1400/// if there is no class with the given name. 1401/// 1402/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1403/// class could not be found. 1404ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1405 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1406 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1407 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1408 // creation from this context. 1409 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1410 1411 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1412 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1413 // find an Objective-C class name. 1414 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1415 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1416 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1417 Validator)) { 1418 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1419 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1420 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1421 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1422 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1423 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1424 1425 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1426 } 1427 } 1428 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1429 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1430 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1431 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1432 return Def; 1433} 1434 1435/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1436/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1437/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1438/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1439/// ill-formed in C++: 1440/// @code 1441/// struct S6 { 1442/// enum { BAR } e; 1443/// }; 1444/// 1445/// void test_S6() { 1446/// struct S6 a; 1447/// a.e = BAR; 1448/// } 1449/// @endcode 1450/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1451/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1452/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1453/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1454/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1455/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1456/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1457/// contain non-field names. 1458Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1459 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1460 (S->getEntity() && 1461 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1462 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1463 S = S->getParent(); 1464 return S; 1465} 1466 1467/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1468/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1469/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1470/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1471static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1472 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1473 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1474 return; 1475 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1476 1477 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1478 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1479 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1480 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1481 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1482 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1483} 1484 1485/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1486/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1487/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1488/// built-in. 1489NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1490 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1491 SourceLocation Loc) { 1492 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1493 1494 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1495 1496 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1497 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1498 switch (Error) { 1499 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1500 // Okay 1501 break; 1502 1503 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1504 if (ForRedeclaration) 1505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1506 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1507 return 0; 1508 1509 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1510 if (ForRedeclaration) 1511 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 return 0; 1514 1515 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1516 if (ForRedeclaration) 1517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1518 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1519 return 0; 1520 } 1521 1522 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1523 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1524 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1525 << R; 1526 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1527 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1528 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1529 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1530 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1531 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1532 } 1533 1534 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1535 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1536 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1537 SC_Extern, 1538 SC_None, false, 1539 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1540 New->setImplicit(); 1541 1542 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1543 // FunctionDecl. 1544 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1545 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1547 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1548 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1549 SourceLocation(), 0, 1550 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1551 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1552 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1553 Params.push_back(parm); 1554 } 1555 New->setParams(Params); 1556 } 1557 1558 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1559 1560 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1561 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1562 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1563 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1564 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1565 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1566 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1567 CurContext = SavedContext; 1568 return New; 1569} 1570 1571/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1572/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1573/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1574/// entity. 1575static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1576 NamedDecl *decl, 1577 LookupResult &previous){ 1578 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1579 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1580 return; 1581 1582 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1583 if (previous.empty()) 1584 return; 1585 1586 // If this declaration has external 1587 bool hasExternalLinkage = (decl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage); 1588 1589 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1590 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1591 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1592 1593 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1594 if (!old->isHidden()) 1595 continue; 1596 1597 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1598 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1599 filter.erase(); 1600 } 1601 1602 filter.done(); 1603} 1604 1605bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1606 QualType OldType; 1607 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1608 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1609 else 1610 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1611 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1612 1613 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1614 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1615 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1616 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1617 << Kind << NewType; 1618 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1619 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1620 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1621 return true; 1622 } 1623 1624 if (OldType != NewType && 1625 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1626 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1627 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1628 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1630 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1631 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1632 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1633 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637} 1638 1639/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1640/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1641/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1642/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1643/// 1644void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1645 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1646 // merging checks. 1647 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1648 1649 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1650 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1651 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1652 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1653 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1654 default: break; 1655 case 2: 1656 { 1657 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1658 break; 1659 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1660 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1661 break; 1662 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1663 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1664 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1665 break; 1666 } 1667 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1668 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1669 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1670 return; 1671 } 1672 case 5: 1673 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1674 break; 1675 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1676 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1677 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1678 return; 1679 case 3: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1688 } 1689 1690 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1691 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1692 if (!Old) { 1693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1694 << New->getDeclName(); 1695 1696 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1697 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1698 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1699 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 1703 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1704 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1705 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1706 1707 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1708 // with any extensions enabled. 1709 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1713 // declaration was a typedef. 1714 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1715 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1716 1717 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1718 return; 1719 1720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1721 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1722 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1723 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1724 // to the type to which it already refers. 1725 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1726 return; 1727 1728 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1729 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1730 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1731 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1732 // 1733 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1734 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1735 // 1736 // struct S { 1737 // typedef struct A { } A; 1738 // }; 1739 // 1740 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1741 // allow the above but disallow 1742 // 1743 // struct S { 1744 // typedef int I; 1745 // typedef int I; 1746 // }; 1747 // 1748 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1749 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1750 return; 1751 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1753 << New->getDeclName(); 1754 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1755 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1759 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1760 return; 1761 1762 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1763 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1764 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1765 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1766 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1767 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1768 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return; 1775} 1776 1777/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1778/// attribute. 1779static bool 1780DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1781 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1782 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1783 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1784 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1785 if (AA) 1786 return false; 1787 1788 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1789 switch (A->getKind()) { 1790 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1791 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1792 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1793 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1794 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1795 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1796 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1797 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1798 case attr::GuardedBy: 1799 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1800 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1801 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1802 return false; 1803 default: 1804 ; 1805 } 1806 1807 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1808 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1809 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1810 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1811 if (Ann) { 1812 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1813 return true; 1814 continue; 1815 } 1816 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1817 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1818 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1819 return true; 1820 } 1821 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1826 bool Override) { 1827 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1828 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1829 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1830 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1831 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1832 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1833 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1834 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1835 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1836 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1837 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1838 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1839 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1840 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1841 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1842 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1843 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1844 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1845 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1846 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1847 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1848 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1849 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1850 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1851 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1852 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1853 1854 if (NewAttr) { 1855 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1856 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1857 return true; 1858 } 1859 1860 return false; 1861} 1862 1863static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1864 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1865 return TD->getDefinition(); 1866 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1867 return VD->getDefinition(); 1868 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1869 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1870 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1871 return Def; 1872 } 1873 return NULL; 1874} 1875 1876static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1877 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1878 I != E; ++I) { 1879 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1880 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1881 return true; 1882 } 1883 return false; 1884} 1885 1886/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1887/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1888static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1889 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1890 return; 1891 1892 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1893 if (!Def || Def == New) 1894 return; 1895 1896 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1897 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1898 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1899 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1900 ++I; 1901 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1902 } 1903 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 1904 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 1905 ++I; 1906 continue; 1907 } 1908 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1909 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1910 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1911 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1912 --E; 1913 } 1914} 1915 1916/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1917void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1918 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 1919 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 1920 return; 1921 1922 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1923 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1924 1925 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1926 return; 1927 1928 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1929 1930 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1931 // we process them. 1932 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1933 1934 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1935 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1936 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1937 i != e; ++i) { 1938 bool Override = false; 1939 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1940 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1941 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1942 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 1943 switch (AMK) { 1944 case AMK_None: 1945 continue; 1946 1947 case AMK_Redeclaration: 1948 break; 1949 1950 case AMK_Override: 1951 Override = true; 1952 break; 1953 } 1954 } 1955 1956 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i, Override)) 1957 foundAny = true; 1958 } 1959 1960 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1961} 1962 1963/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1964/// to the new one. 1965static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1966 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1967 Sema &S) { 1968 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 1969 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 1970 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 1971 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 1972 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 1973 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 1974 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 1975 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 1976 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 1977 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 1978 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 1979 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 1980 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 1981 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 1982 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 1983 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 1984 } 1985 1986 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1987 return; 1988 1989 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1990 1991 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1992 // done before we process them. 1993 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1994 1995 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1996 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1997 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1998 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1999 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2000 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2001 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2002 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2003 foundAny = true; 2004 } 2005 } 2006 2007 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2008} 2009 2010namespace { 2011 2012/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2013/// C. 2014struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2015 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2016 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2017 QualType PromotedType; 2018}; 2019 2020} 2021 2022/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2023Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2024 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2025 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2026 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2027 2028 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2029 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2030 2031 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2032 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2033 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2034 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2035 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2036 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2037 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2038 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2039 } 2040 2041 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2042} 2043 2044/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2045/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2046/// GNU89 mode. 2047static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2048 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2049 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2050 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2051 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2052 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2053} 2054 2055/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2056/// declaration? 2057static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2058 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2059 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2060 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2061 } else { 2062 // Free C function or a static method. 2063 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2064 } 2065 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2066} 2067 2068/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2069/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2070/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2071/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2072/// 2073/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2074/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2075/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2076/// merged with. 2077/// 2078/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2079bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2080 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2081 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2082 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2083 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2084 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2085 else 2086 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2087 if (!Old) { 2088 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2089 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2090 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2091 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2092 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2093 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2094 return true; 2095 } 2096 2097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2098 << New->getDeclName(); 2099 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2100 return true; 2101 } 2102 2103 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2104 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2105 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2106 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2107 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2108 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2109 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2110 else 2111 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2112 2113 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2114 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2115 2116 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2117 // is an extern inline function. 2118 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2119 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2120 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2121 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2122 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2123 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2124 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2125 } else { 2126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2128 return true; 2129 } 2130 } 2131 2132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2133 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2134 // calling convention of the first. 2135 // 2136 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2137 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2138 // 2139 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2140 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2141 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2142 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2143 // because it is the default calling convention. 2144 // 2145 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2146 // other tests to run. 2147 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2148 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2149 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2150 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2151 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2152 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2153 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2154 2155 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2156 // there but not here. 2157 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2158 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2159 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2160 2161 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2162 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2163 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2164 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2165 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2166 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2167 2168 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2169 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2170 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2171 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2172 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2173 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2174 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2175 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2176 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2177 return true; 2178 } 2179 2180 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2181 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2182 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2183 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2184 } 2185 2186 // Merge regparm attribute. 2187 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2188 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2189 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2190 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2191 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2192 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2193 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2194 return true; 2195 } 2196 2197 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2198 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2199 } 2200 2201 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2202 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2203 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2205 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2206 return true; 2207 } 2208 2209 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2210 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2211 } 2212 2213 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2214 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2215 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2216 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2217 } 2218 2219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2220 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2221 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2222 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2223 // cannot be overloaded. 2224 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2225 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2226 QualType ResQT; 2227 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2228 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2229 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2230 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2231 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2232 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2233 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2234 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2235 else 2236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2237 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2238 return true; 2239 } 2240 else 2241 NewQType = ResQT; 2242 } 2243 2244 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2245 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2246 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2247 // Preserve triviality. 2248 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2249 2250 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2251 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2252 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2253 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2254 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2255 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2256 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2257 2258 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2259 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2260 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2261 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2262 // is a static member function declaration. 2263 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2264 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2265 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2266 return true; 2267 } 2268 2269 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2270 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2271 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2272 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2273 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2274 unsigned NewDiag; 2275 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2276 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2277 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2278 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2279 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2280 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2281 else 2282 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2283 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2285 } else { 2286 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2287 << New << New->getType(); 2288 } 2289 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2290 2291 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2292 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2293 // 2294 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2295 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2296 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2297 if (isFriend) { 2298 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2299 } else { 2300 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2301 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2302 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2303 return true; 2304 } 2305 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2306 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2307 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2308 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2309 return true; 2310 } 2311 } 2312 2313 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2314 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2315 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2316 // attribute. 2317 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2318 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2319 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2320 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2321 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2322 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2323 } 2324 2325 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2326 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2327 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2328 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2329 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2330 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2331 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2332 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2333 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2334 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2335 } 2336 2337 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2338 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2339 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2340 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2341 2342 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2343 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2344 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2345 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2346 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2347 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2348 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2349 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2350 } 2351 2352 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2354 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2355 return true; 2356 } 2357 2358 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2359 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2360 2361 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2362 } 2363 2364 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2365 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2366 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2367 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2368 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2369 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2370 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2371 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2372 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2373 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2374 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2375 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2376 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2377 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2378 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2379 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2380 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2381 New->setType(NewQType); 2382 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2383 2384 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2385 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2386 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2387 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2388 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2389 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2390 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2391 SourceLocation(), 2392 SourceLocation(), 0, 2393 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2394 SC_None, SC_None, 2395 0); 2396 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2397 Param->setImplicit(); 2398 Params.push_back(Param); 2399 } 2400 2401 New->setParams(Params); 2402 } 2403 2404 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2405 } 2406 2407 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2408 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2409 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2410 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2411 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2412 // the prototype. 2413 // 2414 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2415 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2416 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2417 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2418 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2419 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2420 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2421 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2422 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2423 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2424 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2425 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2426 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2427 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2428 2429 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2430 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2431 NewProto->getResultType()); 2432 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2433 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2434 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2435 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2436 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2437 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2438 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2439 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2440 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2441 NewParm->getType(), 2442 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2443 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2444 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2445 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2446 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2447 } else 2448 LooseCompatible = false; 2449 } 2450 2451 if (LooseCompatible) { 2452 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2453 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2454 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2455 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2456 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2457 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2458 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2459 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2460 } 2461 2462 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2463 ArgTypes.size(), 2464 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2465 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2466 } 2467 2468 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2469 } 2470 2471 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2472 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2473 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2474 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2475 // signature. 2476 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2477 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2478 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2479 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2480 // library built-in. 2481 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2482 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2483 << Old << Old->getType(); 2484 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2485 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2486 return false; 2487 } 2488 2489 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2490 } 2491 2492 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2493 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2494 return true; 2495} 2496 2497/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2498/// known to be compatible. 2499/// 2500/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2501/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2502/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2503/// redeclaration of Old. 2504/// 2505/// \returns false 2506bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2507 Scope *S) { 2508 // Merge the attributes 2509 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2510 2511 // Merge the storage class. 2512 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2513 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2514 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2515 2516 // Merge "pure" flag. 2517 if (Old->isPure()) 2518 New->setPure(); 2519 2520 // Merge "used" flag. 2521 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2522 New->setUsed(); 2523 2524 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2525 // declarations. 2526 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2527 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2528 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2529 *this); 2530 2531 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2532 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2533 2534 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2535 // and argument types. 2536 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2537 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2538 New->setType(Merged); 2539 2540 return false; 2541} 2542 2543 2544void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2545 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2546 2547 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2548 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, AMK_Override); 2549 2550 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2551 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2552 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2553 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2554 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2555 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2556 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2557 2558 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2559} 2560 2561/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2562/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2563/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2564/// 2565/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2566/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2567/// is attached. 2568void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2569 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2570 return; 2571 2572 QualType MergedT; 2573 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2574 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2575 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2576 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2577 return; 2578 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2579 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2580 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2581 } 2582 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2583 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2584 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2585 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2586 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2587 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2588 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2589 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2590 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2591 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2592 NewArray->getElementType())) 2593 MergedT = New->getType(); 2594 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2595 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2596 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2597 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2598 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2599 NewArray->getElementType())) 2600 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2601 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2602 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2603 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2604 Old->getType()); 2605 } 2606 } else { 2607 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2608 } 2609 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2610 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2611 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2612 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2613 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2614 } 2615 New->setType(MergedT); 2616} 2617 2618/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2619/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2620/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2621/// 2622/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2623/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2624/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2625/// 2626void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2627 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2628 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2629 return; 2630 2631 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2632 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2633 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2634 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2636 << New->getDeclName(); 2637 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2638 diag::note_previous_definition); 2639 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2640 } 2641 2642 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2643 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2644 // 2645 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2646 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2648 << New->getIdentifier(); 2649 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2650 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2651 } 2652 2653 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2654 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2655 // declaration 2656 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2657 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2658 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2660 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2661 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2662 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2663 } 2664 2665 // Merge the types. 2666 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2667 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2668 return; 2669 2670 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2671 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2672 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2674 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2675 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2676 } 2677 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2678 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2679 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2680 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2681 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2682 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2683 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2684 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2685 // identifier has external linkage. 2686 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2687 /* Okay */; 2688 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2689 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2690 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2691 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2692 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2693 } 2694 2695 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2696 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2697 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2699 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2701 } 2702 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2703 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2704 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2705 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2706 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2707 } 2708 2709 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2710 2711 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2712 // need to check for mismatches. 2713 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2714 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2715 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2716 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2718 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2720 } 2721 2722 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2724 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2725 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2726 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2727 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2728 } 2729 2730 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2731 const VarDecl *Def; 2732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2733 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2734 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2735 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2736 << New->getDeclName(); 2737 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2738 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2739 return; 2740 } 2741 2742 if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 2743 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2744 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2745 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2746 return; 2747 } 2748 2749 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2750 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2751 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2752 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2753 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2754 // specified at the prior declaration. 2755 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2756 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2757 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage) 2758 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2759 2760 // Merge "used" flag. 2761 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2762 New->setUsed(); 2763 2764 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2765 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2766 2767 // Inherit access appropriately. 2768 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2769} 2770 2771/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2772/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2773Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2774 DeclSpec &DS) { 2775 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2776} 2777 2778/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2779/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2780/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2781Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2782 DeclSpec &DS, 2783 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2784 Decl *TagD = 0; 2785 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2786 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2787 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2788 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2789 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2790 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2791 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2792 2793 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2794 return 0; 2795 2796 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2797 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2798 // it's a Type. 2799 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2800 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2801 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2802 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2803 } 2804 2805 if (Tag) { 2806 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 2807 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2808 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2809 return Tag; 2810 } 2811 2812 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2813 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2814 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2815 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2816 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2817 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2818 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2819 } 2820 2821 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2822 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2823 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2824 if (Tag) 2825 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2826 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2827 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2828 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2829 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2830 else 2831 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2832 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2833 return TagD; 2834 } 2835 2836 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2837 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2838 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2839 if (TagD && !Tag) 2840 return 0; 2841 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2842 } 2843 2844 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2845 // declarators. 2846 bool emittedWarning = false; 2847 2848 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2849 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2850 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2851 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2852 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2853 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2854 2855 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2856 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2857 emittedWarning = true; 2858 } 2859 } 2860 2861 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2862 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2863 CurContext->isRecord() && 2864 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2865 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2866 // struct STRUCT; 2867 // and 2868 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2869 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2870 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2871 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2872 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2873 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2874 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2875 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2876 } 2877 } 2878 2879 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2880 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2881 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2882 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2883 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2884 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2885 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2886 emittedWarning = true; 2887 } 2888 2889 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2890 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2891 2892 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2893 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2894 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2895 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2896 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2897 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2898 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2899 return Tag; 2900 } 2901 2902 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2903 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2904 emittedWarning = true; 2905 } 2906 2907 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2908 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2909 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2910 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2911 return TagD; 2912 2913 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2914 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2915 // useless. 2916 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2917 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2918 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2919 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2920 2921 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2922 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2923 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2924 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2925 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2926 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2927 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2928 // Restrict is covered above. 2929 } 2930 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2931 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2932 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2933 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2934 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2935 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2936 2937 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2938 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2939 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2940 << Tag->getTagKind() 2941 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2942 2943 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2944 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2945 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2946 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2947 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2948 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2949 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2950 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2951 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2952 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2953 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2954 while (attrs) { 2955 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2956 << attrs->getName() 2957 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2958 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2959 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2960 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2961 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2962 } 2963 } 2964 } 2965 2966 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2967 2968 return TagD; 2969} 2970 2971/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2972/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2973/// 2974/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2975static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2976 Scope *S, 2977 DeclContext *Owner, 2978 DeclarationName Name, 2979 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2980 unsigned diagnostic) { 2981 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2982 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2983 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2984 2985 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2986 return false; 2987 2988 // Pick a representative declaration. 2989 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2990 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2991 2992 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2993 return false; 2994 2995 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2996 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2997 2998 return true; 2999} 3000 3001/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3002/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3003/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3004/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3005/// struct, e.g., 3006/// 3007/// @code 3008/// union { 3009/// int i; 3010/// float f; 3011/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3012/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3013/// @endcode 3014/// 3015/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3016/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3017static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3018 DeclContext *Owner, 3019 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3020 AccessSpecifier AS, 3021 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3022 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3023 unsigned diagKind 3024 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3025 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3026 3027 bool Invalid = false; 3028 3029 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3030 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3031 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3032 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3033 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3034 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3035 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3036 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3037 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3038 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3039 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3040 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3041 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3042 Invalid = true; 3043 } else { 3044 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3045 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3046 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3047 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3048 // anonymous union is declared. 3049 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3050 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3051 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3052 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3053 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3054 else 3055 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3056 3057 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3058 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3059 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3060 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3061 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3062 3063 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3064 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3065 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3066 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3067 3068 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3069 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3070 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3071 3072 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3073 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3074 3075 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3076 } 3077 } 3078 } 3079 3080 return Invalid; 3081} 3082 3083/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3084/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3085/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3086static StorageClass 3087StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3088 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3089 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3090 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3091 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3092 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3093 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3094 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3095 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3096 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3097 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3098 } 3099 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3100} 3101 3102/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3103/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3104/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3105static StorageClass 3106StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3107 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3108 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3109 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3110 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3111 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3112 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3113 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 3114 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3115 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 3116 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3117 } 3118 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3119} 3120 3121/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3122/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3123/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3124/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3125Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3126 AccessSpecifier AS, 3127 RecordDecl *Record) { 3128 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3129 3130 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3131 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3132 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3133 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3134 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3135 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3136 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3137 3138 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3139 // structs/unions. 3140 bool Invalid = false; 3141 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3142 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3143 unsigned DiagID; 3144 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3145 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3146 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3147 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3148 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3149 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3150 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3151 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3152 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3153 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3154 3155 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3156 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3157 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3158 } 3159 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3160 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3161 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3162 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3163 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3164 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3165 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3166 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3167 3168 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3169 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3170 SourceLocation(), 3171 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3172 } 3173 } 3174 3175 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3176 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3177 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3178 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3179 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3180 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3181 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3182 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3183 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3184 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3185 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3186 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3187 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3188 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3189 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3190 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3191 3192 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3193 } 3194 3195 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3196 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3197 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3198 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3199 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3200 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3201 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3202 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3203 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3204 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3205 // members (clause 11). 3206 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3207 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3208 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3209 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3210 Invalid = true; 3211 } 3212 3213 // C++ [class.union]p1 3214 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3215 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3216 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3217 // array of such objects. 3218 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3219 Invalid = true; 3220 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3221 // Any implicit members are fine. 3222 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3223 // This is a type that showed up in an 3224 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3225 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3226 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3227 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3228 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3229 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3230 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3231 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3232 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3233 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3234 else { 3235 // This is a nested type declaration. 3236 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3237 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3238 Invalid = true; 3239 } 3240 } else { 3241 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3242 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3243 // not part of standard C++. 3244 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3245 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type); 3246 } 3247 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3248 // Any access specifier is fine. 3249 } else { 3250 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3251 // member. Complain about it. 3252 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3253 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3254 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3255 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3256 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3257 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3258 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3259 3260 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3261 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3262 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3263 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3264 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3265 else { 3266 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3267 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3268 Invalid = true; 3269 } 3270 } 3271 } 3272 } 3273 3274 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3275 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3276 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3277 Invalid = true; 3278 } 3279 3280 // Mock up a declarator. 3281 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3282 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3283 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3284 3285 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3286 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3287 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3288 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3289 DS.getLocStart(), 3290 Record->getLocation(), 3291 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3292 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3293 TInfo, 3294 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3295 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3296 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3297 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3298 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3299 } else { 3300 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3301 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3302 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3303 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3304 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3305 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3306 // an error here 3307 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3308 Invalid = true; 3309 SC = SC_None; 3310 } 3311 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3312 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3313 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3314 3315 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3316 DS.getLocStart(), 3317 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3318 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3319 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3320 3321 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3322 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3323 // initializer: 3324 // union { int n = 0; }; 3325 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3326 } 3327 Anon->setImplicit(); 3328 3329 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3330 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3331 // its members. 3332 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3333 3334 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3335 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3336 // purposes. 3337 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3338 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3339 3340 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3341 Chain, false)) 3342 Invalid = true; 3343 3344 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3345 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3346 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3347 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3348 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3349 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3350 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3351 3352 if (Invalid) 3353 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3354 3355 return Anon; 3356} 3357 3358/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3359/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3360/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3361/// Example: 3362/// 3363/// struct A { int a; }; 3364/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3365/// 3366/// void foo() { 3367/// B var; 3368/// var.a = 3; 3369/// } 3370/// 3371Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3372 RecordDecl *Record) { 3373 3374 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3375 if (!Record) 3376 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3377 3378 // Mock up a declarator. 3379 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3380 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3381 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3382 3383 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3384 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3385 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3386 DS.getLocStart(), 3387 DS.getLocStart(), 3388 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3389 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3390 TInfo, 3391 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3392 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3393 Anon->setImplicit(); 3394 3395 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3396 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3397 3398 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3399 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3400 // purposes. 3401 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3402 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3403 3404 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3405 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3406 RecordDef, AS_none, 3407 Chain, true)) 3408 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3409 3410 return Anon; 3411} 3412 3413/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3414/// given Declarator. 3415DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3416 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3417} 3418 3419/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3420DeclarationNameInfo 3421Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3422 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3423 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3424 3425 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3426 3427 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3428 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3429 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3430 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3431 return NameInfo; 3432 3433 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3434 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3435 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3436 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3437 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3438 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3439 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3440 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3441 return NameInfo; 3442 3443 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3444 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3445 Name.Identifier)); 3446 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3447 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3448 return NameInfo; 3449 3450 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3451 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3452 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3453 if (Ty.isNull()) 3454 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3455 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3456 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3457 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3458 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3459 return NameInfo; 3460 } 3461 3462 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3463 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3464 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3465 if (Ty.isNull()) 3466 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3467 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3468 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3469 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3470 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3471 return NameInfo; 3472 } 3473 3474 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3475 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3476 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3477 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3478 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3479 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3480 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3481 3482 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3483 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3484 3485 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3486 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3487 // was qualified. 3488 3489 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3490 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3491 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3492 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3493 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3494 return NameInfo; 3495 } 3496 3497 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3498 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3499 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3500 if (Ty.isNull()) 3501 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3502 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3503 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3504 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3505 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3506 return NameInfo; 3507 } 3508 3509 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3510 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3511 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3512 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3513 } 3514 3515 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3516 3517 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3518} 3519 3520static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3521 do { 3522 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3523 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3524 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3525 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3526 else 3527 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3528 } while (true); 3529} 3530 3531/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3532/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3533/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3534/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3535/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3536/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3537/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3538static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3539 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3540 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3541 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3542 Params.clear(); 3543 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3544 return false; 3545 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3546 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3547 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3548 3549 // The parameter types are identical 3550 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3551 continue; 3552 3553 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3554 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3555 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3556 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3557 3558 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3559 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3560 Params.push_back(Idx); 3561 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3562 return false; 3563 } 3564 3565 return true; 3566} 3567 3568/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3569/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3570/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3571/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3572/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3573static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3574 DeclarationName Name) { 3575 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3576 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3577 // - types which will become injected class names 3578 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3579 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3580 // few cases here. 3581 3582 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3583 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3584 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3585 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3586 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3587 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3588 // Grab the type from the parser. 3589 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3590 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3591 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3592 3593 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3594 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3595 // attached already. 3596 if (!TSI) 3597 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3598 3599 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3600 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3601 if (!TSI) return true; 3602 3603 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3604 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3605 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3606 break; 3607 } 3608 3609 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3610 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3611 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3612 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3613 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3614 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3615 break; 3616 } 3617 3618 default: 3619 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3620 break; 3621 } 3622 3623 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3624 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3625 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3626 3627 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3628 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3629 // pointer. 3630 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3631 continue; 3632 3633 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3634 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3635 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3636 return true; 3637 } 3638 3639 return false; 3640} 3641 3642Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3643 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3644 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3645 3646 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3647 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3648 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3649 3650 return Dcl; 3651} 3652 3653/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3654/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3655/// name different from T: 3656/// - every static data member of class T; 3657/// - every member function of class T 3658/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3659/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3660bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3661 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3662 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3663 3664 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3665 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3666 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3667 return true; 3668 } 3669 3670 return false; 3671} 3672 3673/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3674/// nested-name-specifier. 3675/// 3676/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3677/// 3678/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3679/// resolves. 3680/// 3681/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3682/// 3683/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3684/// 3685/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3686bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3687 DeclarationName Name, 3688 SourceLocation Loc) { 3689 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3690 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3691 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3692 3693 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3694 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3695 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3696 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3697 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3698 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3699 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3700 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3701 3702 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3703 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3704 // 3705 // class X { 3706 // void X::f(); 3707 // }; 3708 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3709 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3710 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3711 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3712 SS.clear(); 3713 return false; 3714 } 3715 3716 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3717 // declaration. 3718 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3719 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3720 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3721 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3722 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3723 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3724 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3725 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3727 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3728 else 3729 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3730 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3731 3732 return true; 3733 } 3734 3735 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3736 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3738 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3739 SS.clear(); 3740 3741 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3742 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3743 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3744 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3745 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3746 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3747 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3748 return true; 3749 3750 return false; 3751 } 3752 3753 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3754 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3755 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3756 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3757 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3758 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3759 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3760 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3761 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3762 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3763 3764 return false; 3765} 3766 3767NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3768 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3769 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3770 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3771 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3772 3773 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3774 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3775 if (!Name) { 3776 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3777 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3778 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3779 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3780 return 0; 3781 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3782 return 0; 3783 3784 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3785 // we find one that is. 3786 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3787 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3788 S = S->getParent(); 3789 3790 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3791 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3792 D.setInvalidType(); 3793 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3794 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3795 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3796 return 0; 3797 3798 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3799 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3800 if (!DC) { 3801 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3802 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3803 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3804 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3805 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3806 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3807 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3808 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3809 return 0; 3810 } 3811 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3812 3813 if (!IsDependentContext && 3814 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3815 return 0; 3816 3817 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3818 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3819 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3820 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3821 D.setInvalidType(); 3822 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3823 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3824 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3825 if (DC->isRecord()) 3826 return 0; 3827 3828 D.setInvalidType(); 3829 } 3830 } 3831 3832 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3833 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3834 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3835 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3836 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3837 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3838 D.setInvalidType(); 3839 } 3840 } 3841 3842 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3843 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3844 // Just return early; it's safer. 3845 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3846 return 0; 3847 3848 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3849 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3850 3851 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3852 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3853 D.setInvalidType(); 3854 3855 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3856 ForRedeclaration); 3857 3858 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3859 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3860 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3861 3862 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3863 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3864 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3865 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3866 /* Do nothing*/; 3867 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3868 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3869 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3870 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3871 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3872 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3873 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3874 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3875 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3876 3877 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3878 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3879 3880 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3881 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3882 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3883 3884 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3885 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3886 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3887 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3888 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3889 // thereof; [...] 3890 // 3891 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3892 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3893 // we want to match. For example, given: 3894 // 3895 // class X { 3896 // void f(); 3897 // void f(float); 3898 // }; 3899 // 3900 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3901 // 3902 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3903 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3904 // matches. 3905 3906 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3907 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3908 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3909 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3910 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3911 } 3912 3913 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3914 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3915 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3916 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3917 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3918 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3919 3920 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3921 Previous.clear(); 3922 } 3923 3924 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3925 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3926 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3927 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3928 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3929 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3930 Previous.clear(); 3931 3932 NamedDecl *New; 3933 3934 bool AddToScope = true; 3935 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3936 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3937 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3938 return 0; 3939 } 3940 3941 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3942 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3943 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3944 TemplateParamLists, 3945 AddToScope); 3946 } else { 3947 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3948 TemplateParamLists); 3949 } 3950 3951 if (New == 0) 3952 return 0; 3953 3954 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3955 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3956 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3957 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3958 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3959 3960 return New; 3961} 3962 3963/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3964/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3965/// GCC compatibility). 3966static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3967 ASTContext &Context, 3968 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3969 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3970 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3971 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3972 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3973 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3974 SizeIsNegative = false; 3975 Oversized = 0; 3976 3977 if (T->isDependentType()) 3978 return QualType(); 3979 3980 QualifierCollector Qs; 3981 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3982 3983 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3984 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3985 QualType FixedType = 3986 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3987 Oversized); 3988 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3989 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3990 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3991 } 3992 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3993 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3994 QualType FixedType = 3995 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3996 Oversized); 3997 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3998 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3999 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4000 } 4001 4002 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4003 if (!VLATy) 4004 return QualType(); 4005 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4006 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4007 return QualType(); 4008 4009 llvm::APSInt Res; 4010 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4011 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4012 return QualType(); 4013 4014 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4015 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4016 SizeIsNegative = true; 4017 return QualType(); 4018 } 4019 4020 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4021 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4022 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4023 Res); 4024 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4025 Oversized = Res; 4026 return QualType(); 4027 } 4028 4029 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4030 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4031} 4032 4033static void 4034FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4035 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 4036 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 4037 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 4038 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 4039 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 4040 return; 4041 } 4042 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 4043 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 4044 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 4045 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 4046 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 4047 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 4048 return; 4049 } 4050 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 4051 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 4052 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 4053 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 4054 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4055 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 4056 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 4057 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 4058} 4059 4060/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4061/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4062/// GCC compatibility). 4063static TypeSourceInfo* 4064TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4065 ASTContext &Context, 4066 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4067 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4068 QualType FixedTy 4069 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4070 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4071 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4072 return 0; 4073 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4074 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4075 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4076 return FixedTInfo; 4077} 4078 4079/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4080/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4081void 4082Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4083 const LookupResult &Previous, 4084 Scope *S) { 4085 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4086 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4087 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4088 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4089 4090 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4091 return; 4092 4093 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4094 4095 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4096 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4097 // declaration. 4098 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4099 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4100 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4101 4102 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4103 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4104 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4105 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4106 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4107 4108 } else { 4109 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4110 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4111 S = S->getParent(); 4112 } 4113 4114 if (S) 4115 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4116 } 4117} 4118 4119llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4120Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4121 if (ExternalSource) { 4122 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4123 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4124 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4125 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4126 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4127 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4128 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4129 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4130 } 4131 } 4132 4133 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4134} 4135 4136/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4137/// does not identify a function. 4138void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 4139 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4140 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4141 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 4142 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4143 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4144 4145 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 4146 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4147 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4148 4149 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 4150 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4151 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4152 4153 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 4154 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4155 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4156} 4157 4158NamedDecl* 4159Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4160 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4161 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4162 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4163 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4164 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4165 D.setInvalidType(); 4166 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4167 DC = CurContext; 4168 Previous.clear(); 4169 } 4170 4171 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4172 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4173 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4174 } 4175 4176 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4177 4178 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4179 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4180 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4181 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4182 << 1; 4183 4184 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4185 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4186 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4187 return 0; 4188 } 4189 4190 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4191 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4192 4193 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4194 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4195 4196 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4197 4198 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4199 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4200 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4201 return ND; 4202} 4203 4204void 4205Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4206 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4207 // then it shall have block scope. 4208 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4209 // that redeclarations will match. 4210 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4211 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4212 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4213 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4214 4215 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4216 bool SizeIsNegative; 4217 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4218 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4219 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4220 SizeIsNegative, 4221 Oversized); 4222 if (FixedTInfo) { 4223 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4224 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4225 } else { 4226 if (SizeIsNegative) 4227 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4228 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4229 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4230 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4231 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4232 << Oversized.toString(10); 4233 else 4234 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4235 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4236 } 4237 } 4238 } 4239} 4240 4241 4242/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4243/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4244/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4245NamedDecl* 4246Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4247 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4248 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4249 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4250 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4251 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4252 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4253 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4254 Redeclaration = true; 4255 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4256 } 4257 4258 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4259 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4260 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4261 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4262 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4263 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4264 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4265 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4266 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4267 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4268 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4269 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4270 } 4271 4272 return NewTD; 4273} 4274 4275/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4276/// previous declaration. 4277/// 4278/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4279/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4280/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4281/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4282/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4283/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4284/// 4285/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4286/// lookup 4287/// 4288/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4289/// declared. 4290/// 4291/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4292/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4293static bool 4294isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4295 ASTContext &Context) { 4296 if (!PrevDecl) 4297 return false; 4298 4299 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4300 return false; 4301 4302 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4303 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4304 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4305 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4306 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4307 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4308 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4309 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4310 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4311 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4312 return false; 4313 4314 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4315 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4316 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4317 return false; 4318 4319 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4320 // previous declarations. 4321 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4322 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4323 4324 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4325 // isn't the same function. 4326 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4327 return false; 4328 } 4329 4330 return true; 4331} 4332 4333static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4334 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4335 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4336 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4337} 4338 4339bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4340 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4341 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4342 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4343 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4344 unsigned kind = -1U; 4345 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4346 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4347 kind = 0; // __block 4348 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4349 kind = 1; // global 4350 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4351 kind = 3; // ivar 4352 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4353 kind = 2; // field 4354 } 4355 4356 if (kind != -1U) { 4357 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4358 << kind; 4359 } 4360 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4361 // Try to infer lifetime. 4362 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4363 return false; 4364 4365 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4366 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4367 decl->setType(type); 4368 } 4369 4370 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4371 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4372 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4373 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4374 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4375 << var->getType(); 4376 return true; 4377 } 4378 } 4379 4380 return false; 4381} 4382 4383static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4384 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4385 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4386 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4387 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4388 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4389 } 4390 } 4391 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4392 if (ND.getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 4393 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4394 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4395 } 4396 } 4397} 4398 4399NamedDecl* 4400Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4401 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4402 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4403 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4404 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4405 4406 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4407 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4408 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4409 4410 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4411 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4412 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4413 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4414 4415 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) 4416 { 4417 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4418 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4419 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4420 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4421 D.setInvalidType(); 4422 } 4423 } 4424 4425 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4426 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4427 // an error here 4428 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4429 D.setInvalidType(); 4430 SC = SC_None; 4431 } 4432 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4433 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4434 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4435 4436 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4437 if (!II) { 4438 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4439 << Name; 4440 return 0; 4441 } 4442 4443 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4444 4445 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4446 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4447 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4448 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4449 4450 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4451 // is a GNU extension. 4452 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4453 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4454 else 4455 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4456 D.setInvalidType(); 4457 } 4458 } 4459 4460 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4461 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4462 // OpenCL __local address space. 4463 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4464 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4465 SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4466 } 4467 4468 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4469 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4470 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4471 // address space qualifiers. 4472 if (R->isEventT()) { 4473 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4474 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4475 D.setInvalidType(); 4476 } 4477 4478 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4479 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4480 D.setInvalidType(); 4481 } 4482 } 4483 } 4484 4485 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4486 VarDecl *NewVD; 4487 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4488 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4489 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4490 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4491 4492 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4493 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4494 } else { 4495 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4496 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4497 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4498 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4499 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4500 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4501 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4502 SC = SC_Static; 4503 } 4504 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4505 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4506 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4507 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4508 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4509 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4510 4511 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4512 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4513 if (RD->isUnion()) 4514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4515 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4516 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4517 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4518 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4519 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4520 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4521 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4522 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4523 } 4524 } 4525 4526 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4527 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4528 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4529 bool Invalid = false; 4530 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4531 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4532 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4533 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4534 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4535 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4536 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4537 /*never a friend*/ false, 4538 isExplicitSpecialization, 4539 Invalid)) { 4540 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4541 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4542 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4543 << II 4544 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4545 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4546 return 0; 4547 } else { 4548 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4549 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4550 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4551 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4552 << II 4553 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4554 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4555 } 4556 } 4557 4558 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4559 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4560 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4561 4562 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4563 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4564 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4565 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4566 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4567 4568 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4569 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4570 4571 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4572 4573 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4574 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4575 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4576 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4577 } 4578 4579 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4580 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4581 } 4582 4583 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4584 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4585 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4586 4587 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4588 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4589 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4590 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4591 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4592 else 4593 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4594 } 4595 4596 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4597 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4598 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4599 << 2 4600 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4601 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4602 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4603 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4604 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4605 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4606 else 4607 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4608 } 4609 4610 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4611 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4612 4613 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4614 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4615 // storage [duration]." 4616 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4617 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4618 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4619 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4620 NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static); 4621 } 4622 } 4623 4624 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4625 // retainable type. 4626 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4627 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4628 4629 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4630 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4631 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4632 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4633 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4634 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4635 switch (SC) { 4636 case SC_None: 4637 case SC_Auto: 4638 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4639 break; 4640 case SC_Register: 4641 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4642 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4643 break; 4644 case SC_Static: 4645 case SC_Extern: 4646 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4647 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4648 break; 4649 } 4650 } 4651 4652 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4653 Context, Label)); 4654 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4655 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4656 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4657 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4658 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4659 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4660 } 4661 } 4662 4663 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4664 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4665 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4666 4667 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4668 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4669 // declaration has linkage). 4670 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4671 isExplicitSpecialization); 4672 4673 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4674 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4675 } else { 4676 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4677 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4678 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4679 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4680 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4681 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4682 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4683 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4684 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4685 Previous.clear(); 4686 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4687 } 4688 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4689 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4690 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4691 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4692 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4693 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4694 } 4695 4696 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4697 4698 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4699 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4700 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4701 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4702 } 4703 4704 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 4705 4706 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4707 // such variables. 4708 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4709 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4710 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4711 4712 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4713 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4714 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4715 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4716 4717 return NewVD; 4718} 4719 4720/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4721/// -Wshadow. 4722/// 4723/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4724/// scope. 4725/// 4726/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4727/// \param R the lookup of the name 4728/// 4729void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4730 // Return if warning is ignored. 4731 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4732 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4733 return; 4734 4735 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4736 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4737 return; 4738 4739 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4740 4741 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4742 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4743 return; 4744 4745 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4746 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4747 return; 4748 4749 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4750 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4751 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4752 if (MD->isStatic()) 4753 return; 4754 4755 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4756 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4757 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4758 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4759 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4760 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4761 I != E; ++I) 4762 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4763 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4764 break; 4765 } 4766 } 4767 4768 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4769 4770 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4771 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4772 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4773 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4774 return; 4775 4776 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4777 // static data members from base classes? 4778 4779 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4780 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4781 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4782 } 4783 4784 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4785 unsigned Kind; 4786 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4787 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4788 Kind = 3; // field 4789 else 4790 Kind = 2; // static data member 4791 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4792 Kind = 1; // global 4793 else 4794 Kind = 0; // local 4795 4796 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4797 4798 // Emit warning and note. 4799 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4800 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4801} 4802 4803/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4804void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4805 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4806 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4807 return; 4808 4809 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4810 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4811 LookupName(R, S); 4812 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4813} 4814 4815template<typename T> 4816static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 4817 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = ND->getStorageClass(); 4818 if (ND->hasCLanguageLinkage() && (SC == SC_Extern || SC == SC_PrivateExtern)) 4819 return true; 4820 return ND->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4821} 4822 4823/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4824/// declaration. 4825/// 4826/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4827/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4828/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4829/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4830/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4831/// 4832/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4833/// 4834/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4835bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4836 LookupResult &Previous) { 4837 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4838 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4839 return false; 4840 4841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4842 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4843 4844 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4845 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4846 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4847 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4848 NewVD->setType(T); 4849 } 4850 4851 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4852 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4853 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4854 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4855 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4856 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4857 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4858 return false; 4859 } 4860 4861 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4862 // scope. 4863 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4864 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4865 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4866 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4867 return false; 4868 } 4869 4870 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4871 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4872 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4873 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4874 else { 4875 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4876 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4877 } 4878 } 4879 4880 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4881 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4882 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4883 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4884 4885 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4886 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4887 bool SizeIsNegative; 4888 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4889 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4890 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4891 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4892 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4893 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4894 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4895 // int a[10][n]; 4896 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4897 4898 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4899 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4900 << SizeRange; 4901 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4902 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4903 << SizeRange; 4904 else 4905 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4906 << SizeRange; 4907 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4908 return false; 4909 } 4910 4911 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4912 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4913 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4914 else 4915 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4916 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4917 return false; 4918 } 4919 4920 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4921 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4922 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4923 } 4924 4925 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 4926 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 4927 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 4928 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4929 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4930 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4931 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4932 } 4933 4934 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 4935 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 4936 4937 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4938 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4939 << T; 4940 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4941 return false; 4942 } 4943 4944 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4945 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4946 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4947 return false; 4948 } 4949 4950 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4951 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4952 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4953 return false; 4954 } 4955 4956 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4957 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4958 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4959 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4960 return false; 4961 } 4962 4963 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4964 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4965 return true; 4966 } 4967 return false; 4968} 4969 4970/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4971struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4972 Sema *S; 4973 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4974}; 4975 4976/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4977/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4978/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4979static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4980 CXXBasePath &Path, 4981 void *UserData) { 4982 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4983 4984 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4985 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4986 4987 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4988 4989 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4990 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4991 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4992 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4993 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4994 4995 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4996 } 4997 4998 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4999 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5000 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5001 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5002 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5003 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5004 return true; 5005 } 5006 } 5007 5008 return false; 5009} 5010 5011namespace { 5012 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5013} 5014/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5015/// overriden methods. 5016/// 5017/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5018/// \param MD the overriding method. 5019/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5020static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5021 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5022 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5023 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5024 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5025 I != E; ++I) { 5026 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5027 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5028 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5029 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5030 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5031 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5032 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5033 } 5034} 5035 5036/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5037/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5038bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5039 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5040 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5041 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5042 Data.Method = MD; 5043 Data.S = this; 5044 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5045 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5046 bool AddedAny = false; 5047 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5048 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5049 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5050 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5051 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5052 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5053 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5054 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5055 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5056 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5057 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5058 AddedAny = true; 5059 } 5060 } 5061 } 5062 } 5063 5064 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5065 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5066 } 5067 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5068 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5069 } 5070 5071 return AddedAny; 5072} 5073 5074namespace { 5075 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5076 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5077 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5078 Scope *S; 5079 Declarator &D; 5080 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5081 bool AddToScope; 5082 }; 5083} 5084 5085namespace { 5086 5087// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5088// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5089class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5090 public: 5091 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5092 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5093 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5094 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5095 5096 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5097 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5098 return false; 5099 5100 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5101 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5102 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5103 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5104 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5105 5106 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5107 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5108 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5109 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5110 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5111 return true; 5112 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5113 return true; 5114 } 5115 } 5116 } 5117 5118 return false; 5119 } 5120 5121 private: 5122 ASTContext &Context; 5123 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5124 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5125}; 5126 5127} 5128 5129/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5130/// 5131/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5132/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5133/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5134/// the same name. 5135/// 5136/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5137/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5138static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5139 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5140 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5141 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5142 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5143 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5144 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5145 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5146 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5147 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5148 TypoCorrection Correction; 5149 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5150 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5151 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5152 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5153 5154 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5155 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5156 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5157 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5158 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5159 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5160 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5161 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5162 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5163 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5164 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5165 if (FD && 5166 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5167 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5168 // involve a parameter 5169 unsigned ParamNum = 5170 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5171 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5172 } 5173 } 5174 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5175 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5176 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5177 Validator, NewDC))) { 5178 // Trap errors. 5179 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5180 5181 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5182 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5183 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5184 Previous.clear(); 5185 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5186 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5187 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5188 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5189 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5190 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5191 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5192 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5193 } 5194 } 5195 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5196 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5197 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5198 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5199 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5200 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5201 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5202 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5203 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5204 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5205 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5206 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5207 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5208 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5209 Previous.clear(); 5210 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5211 Result = NULL; 5212 } else { 5213 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5214 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5215 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5216 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5217 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5218 } 5219 } 5220 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5221 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5222 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5223 } else { 5224 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5225 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5226 } 5227 } 5228 5229 if (Correction) { 5230 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5231 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5232 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5233 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5234 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5235 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5236 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5237 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5238 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5239 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5240 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5241 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5242 } else { 5243 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5244 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5245 } 5246 5247 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5248 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5249 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5250 5251 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5252 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5253 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5254 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5255 bool FDisConst = false; 5256 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5257 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5258 5259 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5260 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5261 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5262 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5263 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5264 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5265 } else if (Correction) { 5266 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5267 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5268 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5269 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5270 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5271 } else 5272 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5273 } 5274 return Result; 5275} 5276 5277static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5278 Declarator &D) { 5279 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5280 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5281 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5282 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5283 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5284 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5285 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5286 D.setInvalidType(); 5287 break; 5288 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5289 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5290 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5291 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5292 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5293 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5294 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5295 // other than extern 5296 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5297 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5298 diag::err_static_block_func); 5299 break; 5300 } else 5301 return SC_Static; 5302 } 5303 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5304 } 5305 5306 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5307 return SC_None; 5308} 5309 5310static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5311 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5312 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5313 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5314 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5315 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5316 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5317 5318 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5319 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5320 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5321 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5322 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5323 5324 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5325 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5326 // prototype. This true when: 5327 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5328 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5329 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5330 bool HasPrototype = 5331 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5332 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5333 5334 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5335 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5336 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5337 HasPrototype); 5338 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5339 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5340 5341 // Set the lexical context. 5342 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5343 5344 return NewFD; 5345 } 5346 5347 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5348 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5349 5350 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5351 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5352 // the class has been completely parsed. 5353 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5354 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5355 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5356 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5357 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5358 D.setInvalidType(); 5359 5360 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5361 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5362 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5363 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5364 5365 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5366 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5367 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5368 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5369 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5370 isConstexpr); 5371 5372 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5373 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5374 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5375 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5376 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5377 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5378 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5379 D.getLocStart(), 5380 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5381 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5382 5383 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5384 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5385 // it yet. 5386 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5387 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5388 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5389 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5390 } 5391 5392 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5393 return NewDD; 5394 5395 } else { 5396 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5397 D.setInvalidType(); 5398 5399 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5400 // code path. 5401 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5402 D.getLocStart(), 5403 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5404 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5405 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5406 } 5407 5408 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5409 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5410 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5411 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5412 return 0; 5413 } 5414 5415 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5416 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5417 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5418 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5419 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5420 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5421 5422 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5423 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5424 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5425 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5426 // constructor if it has no return type). 5427 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5428 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5429 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5430 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5431 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5432 return 0; 5433 } 5434 5435 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5436 5437 // [class.free]p1: 5438 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5439 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5440 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5441 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5442 isStatic = true; 5443 5444 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5445 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5446 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5447 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5448 isStatic = true; 5449 5450 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5451 5452 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5453 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5454 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5455 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5456 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5457 5458 } else { 5459 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5460 // prototype. This true when: 5461 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5462 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5463 D.getLocStart(), 5464 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5465 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5466 } 5467} 5468 5469void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5470 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5471 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5472 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5473 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5474 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5475 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5476 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5477 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5478 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5479 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5480 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5481 << IsTypeAlias; 5482 } 5483} 5484 5485NamedDecl* 5486Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5487 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5488 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5489 bool &AddToScope) { 5490 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5491 5492 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5493 5494 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5495 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5496 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5497 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5498 5499 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5500 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5501 5502 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5503 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5504 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5505 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5506 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5507 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5508 5509 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5510 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5511 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5512 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5513 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5514 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5515 } 5516 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5517 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5518 } 5519 5520 bool isFriend = false; 5521 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5522 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5523 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5524 5525 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5526 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5527 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5528 5529 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5530 5531 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5532 isVirtualOkay); 5533 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5534 5535 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5536 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5537 5538 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5539 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5540 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5541 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5542 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5543 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5544 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5545 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5546 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5547 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5548 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5549 } 5550 5551 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5552 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5553 // return true). 5554 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5555 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5556 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5557 NewFD->setPure(true); 5558 } 5559 5560 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5561 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5562 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5563 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5564 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5565 5566 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5567 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5568 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5569 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5570 5571 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5572 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5573 bool Invalid = false; 5574 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5575 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5576 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5577 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5578 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5579 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5580 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5581 isFriend, 5582 isExplicitSpecialization, 5583 Invalid)) { 5584 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5585 // This is a function template 5586 5587 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5588 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5589 return 0; 5590 5591 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5592 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5593 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5594 return 0; 5595 } 5596 5597 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5598 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5599 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5600 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5601 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5602 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5603 Invalid = true; 5604 } 5605 5606 5607 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5608 NewFD->getLocation(), 5609 Name, TemplateParams, 5610 NewFD); 5611 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5612 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5613 5614 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5615 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5616 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5617 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5618 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5619 } 5620 } else { 5621 // This is a function template specialization. 5622 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5623 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5624 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5625 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5626 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5627 5628 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5629 if (isFriend) { 5630 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5631 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5632 5633 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5634 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5635 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5636 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5637 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5638 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5639 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5640 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5641 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5642 } 5643 5644 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5645 << Name << RemoveRange 5646 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5647 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5648 } 5649 } 5650 } 5651 else { 5652 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5653 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5654 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5655 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5656 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5657 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5658 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5659 } 5660 5661 if (Invalid) { 5662 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5663 if (FunctionTemplate) 5664 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5665 } 5666 5667 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5668 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5669 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5670 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5671 // 5672 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5673 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5675 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5676 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5677 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5679 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5680 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5681 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5682 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5683 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5684 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5685 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5687 } else { 5688 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5689 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5690 } 5691 } 5692 5693 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5694 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5695 // declaration. 5696 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5697 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5698 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5699 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5700 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5702 } 5703 } 5704 5705 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5706 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5707 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5708 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5709 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5710 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5711 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5712 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5713 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5714 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5715 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5716 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5717 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5718 // or conversion function. 5719 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5720 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5721 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5722 } 5723 } 5724 5725 if (isConstexpr) { 5726 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5727 // are implicitly inline. 5728 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5729 5730 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5731 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5732 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5733 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5734 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5735 } 5736 5737 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5738 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5739 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5740 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5741 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5742 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5743 << 0 5744 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5745 } else { 5746 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5747 if (FunctionTemplate) 5748 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5749 } 5750 } 5751 5752 if (isFriend) { 5753 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5754 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5755 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5756 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5757 } 5758 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5759 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5760 } 5761 5762 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5763 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5764 case FDK_Declaration: 5765 case FDK_Definition: 5766 break; 5767 5768 case FDK_Defaulted: 5769 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5770 break; 5771 5772 case FDK_Deleted: 5773 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5774 break; 5775 } 5776 5777 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5778 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5779 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5780 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5781 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5782 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5783 } 5784 5785 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5786 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5787 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5788 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5789 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5790 // the class. 5791 5792 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5793 // member function definition. 5794 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5795 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5796 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5797 } 5798 5799 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5800 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5801 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5802 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5803 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5804 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5805 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5806 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5807 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5808 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5809 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5810 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5811 } 5812 } 5813 5814 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5815 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5816 isExplicitSpecialization || 5817 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5818 5819 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5820 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5821 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5822 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5823 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5824 SE->getString())); 5825 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5826 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5827 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5828 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5829 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5830 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5831 } 5832 } 5833 5834 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5835 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5836 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5837 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5838 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5839 5840 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5841 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5842 // single void argument. 5843 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5844 // already checks for that case. 5845 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5846 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5847 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5848 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5849 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5850 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5851 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5852 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5853 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5854 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5855 Params.push_back(Param); 5856 5857 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5858 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5859 } 5860 } 5861 5862 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5863 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5864 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5865 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5866 // 5867 // @code 5868 // typedef void fn(int); 5869 // fn f; 5870 // @endcode 5871 5872 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5873 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5874 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5875 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5876 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5877 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5878 Params.push_back(Param); 5879 } 5880 } else { 5881 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5882 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5883 } 5884 5885 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5886 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5887 5888 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5889 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5890 // 5891 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5892 // 5893 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5894 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5895 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5896 5897 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 5898 NewFD->addAttr( 5899 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5900 Context)); 5901 5902 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5903 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5904 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5905 5906 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5907 // because all functions have linkage. 5908 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5909 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5910 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5911 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5912 } 5913 5914 // Handle attributes. 5915 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5916 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5917 5918 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 5919 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 5920 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 5921 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 5922 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 5923 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5924 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 5925 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 5926 Context)); 5927 } 5928 } 5929 5930 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5931 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5932 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5933 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5934 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5935 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5936 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5937 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5938 } 5939 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5940 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5941 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5942 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5943 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5944 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5945 } else { 5946 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5947 // argument list into our AST format. 5948 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5949 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5950 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5951 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5952 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5953 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5954 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5955 TemplateArgs); 5956 5957 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5958 5959 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5960 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5961 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5962 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5963 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5964 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5965 5966 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5967 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5968 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5969 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5970 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5971 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5972 // too few of them). 5973 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5974 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5975 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5976 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5977 "template<> "); 5978 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5979 } else { 5980 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5981 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5982 } 5983 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5984 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5985 // wrote something like: 5986 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5987 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5988 // friend void foo<>(int); 5989 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5990 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5991 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5992 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5993 } 5994 5995 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5996 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5997 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5998 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5999 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6000 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6001 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6002 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6003 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6004 InstantiationDependent))) { 6005 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6006 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6007 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6008 Previous)) 6009 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6010 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6011 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6012 && !isFriend) { 6013 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6014 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6015 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6016 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6017 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6018 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6019 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6020 Previous)) 6021 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6022 6023 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6024 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6025 // specialization (14.7.3) 6026 if (SC != SC_None) { 6027 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 6028 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6029 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6030 << SC 6031 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6032 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6033 6034 else 6035 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6036 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6037 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6038 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6039 } 6040 6041 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6042 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6043 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6044 } 6045 6046 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6047 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6048 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6049 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6050 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6051 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6052 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6053 } else { 6054 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6055 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6056 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6057 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6058 } 6059 } 6060 6061 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6062 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6063 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6064 6065 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6066 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6067 : NewFD); 6068 6069 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6070 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6071 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6072 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6073 6074 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6075 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6076 6077 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6078 } 6079 6080 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6081 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6082 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6083 6084 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6085 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6086 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6087 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6088 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6089 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6090 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6091 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6092 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6093 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6094 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6095 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6096 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6097 DC->isDependentContext()) 6098 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6099 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6100 } 6101 6102 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6103 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6104 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6105 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6106 AddToScope }; 6107 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6108 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6109 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6110 6111 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6112 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6113 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6114 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6115 6116 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6117 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6118 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6119 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6120 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6121 // can actually do this check immediately. 6122 if (isFriend && 6123 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6124 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6125 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6126 // ignore these 6127 } else { 6128 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6129 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6130 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6131 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6132 // 6133 // class X { 6134 // void f() const; 6135 // }; 6136 // 6137 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6138 // 6139 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6140 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6141 // whether the parameter types are references). 6142 6143 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6144 NewFD, 6145 ExtraArgs)) { 6146 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6147 return Result; 6148 } 6149 } 6150 6151 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6152 // to something. 6153 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6154 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6155 NewFD, 6156 ExtraArgs)) { 6157 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6158 return Result; 6159 } 6160 } 6161 6162 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6163 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6164 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6165 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6166 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6167 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6168 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6169 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6170 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6171 // generate them. 6172 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6173 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6174 } 6175 } 6176 6177 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6178 6179 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6180 6181 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6182 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6183 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6184 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6185 << NewFD; 6186 6187 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6188 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6189 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6190 EPI.Variadic = true; 6191 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6192 6193 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 6194 NewFD->setType(R); 6195 } 6196 6197 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6198 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6199 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 6200 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6201 6202 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6203 // marking the function. 6204 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6205 6206 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6207 // map of such names. 6208 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6209 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6210 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6211 6212 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6213 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6214 6215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6216 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6217 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6218 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6219 return FunctionTemplate; 6220 } 6221 } 6222 6223 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6224 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6225 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6226 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6227 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6228 D.setInvalidType(); 6229 } 6230 6231 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6232 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6233 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6234 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6235 6236 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6237 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6238 // pointer to a pointer type. 6239 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6240 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6241 D.setInvalidType(); 6242 } 6243 6244 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6245 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6246 // of event_t type. 6247 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6248 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6249 D.setInvalidType(); 6250 } 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6255 6256 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6257 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6258 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6259 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6260 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6261 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6262 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6263 6264 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6265 } 6266 } 6267 6268 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6269 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6270 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6271 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6272 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6273 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6274 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6275 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6276 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6277 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6278 AddToScope = false; 6279 } 6280 6281 return NewFD; 6282} 6283 6284/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6285/// 6286/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6287/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6288/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6289/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6290/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6291/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6292/// via InstantiateDecl). 6293/// 6294/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6295/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6296/// 6297/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6298/// 6299/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6300bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6301 LookupResult &Previous, 6302 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6303 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6304 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6305 6306 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6307 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6308 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6309 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6310 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6311 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6312 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6313 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6314 } 6315 6316 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6317 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6318 6319 bool Redeclaration = false; 6320 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6321 6322 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6323 // the same name, if appropriate. 6324 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6325 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6326 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6327 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6328 // function to the scope. 6329 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6330 Redeclaration = true; 6331 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6332 } else { 6333 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6334 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6335 case Ovl_Match: 6336 Redeclaration = true; 6337 break; 6338 6339 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6340 Redeclaration = true; 6341 break; 6342 6343 case Ovl_Overload: 6344 Redeclaration = false; 6345 break; 6346 } 6347 6348 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6349 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6350 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6351 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6352 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6353 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6354 if (Redeclaration) 6355 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6356 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6357 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6358 if (OverloadedDecl) 6359 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6360 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6361 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6362 Context)); 6363 } 6364 } 6365 } 6366 6367 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6368 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6369 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6370 // 6371 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6372 // definition of a static member function. 6373 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6374 if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && 6375 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6376 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6377 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6378 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6379 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6380 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6381 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6382 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6383 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6384 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6385 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6386 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6387 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6388 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 6389 } 6390 } 6391 6392 if (Redeclaration) { 6393 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6394 // merged. 6395 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6396 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6397 return Redeclaration; 6398 } 6399 6400 Previous.clear(); 6401 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6402 6403 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6404 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6405 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6406 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6407 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6408 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6409 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6410 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6411 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6412 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6413 } 6414 6415 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6416 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6417 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6418 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6419 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6420 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6421 } 6422 6423 } else { 6424 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6425 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6426 6427 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6428 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6429 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6430 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6431 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6432 6433 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6434 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6435 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6436 6437 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6438 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6439 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6440 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6441 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6442 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6443 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6444 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6445 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6446 } 6447 } 6448 } 6449 } 6450 } 6451 6452 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6454 // C++-specific checks. 6455 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6456 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6457 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6458 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6459 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6460 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6461 6462 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6463 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6464 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6465 DeclarationName Name 6466 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6467 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6468 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6469 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6470 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6471 return Redeclaration; 6472 } 6473 } 6474 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6475 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6476 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6477 } 6478 6479 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6480 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6481 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6482 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6483 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6484 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6485 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6486 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6487 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6488 } 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 if (Method->isStatic()) 6493 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6494 } 6495 6496 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6497 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6498 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6499 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6500 return Redeclaration; 6501 } 6502 6503 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6504 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6505 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6506 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6507 return Redeclaration; 6508 } 6509 6510 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6511 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6512 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6513 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6514 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6515 6516 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6517 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6518 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6519 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6520 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6521 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6522 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6523 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6524 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6525 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6526 } 6527 } 6528 6529 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6530 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6531 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6532 if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) { 6533 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6534 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6535 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6536 << NewFD << R; 6537 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6538 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6539 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6540 } 6541 } 6542 return Redeclaration; 6543} 6544 6545static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6546 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6547 if (!TSI) 6548 return SourceRange(); 6549 6550 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6551 FunctionTypeLoc *FunctionTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL); 6552 if (!FunctionTL) 6553 return SourceRange(); 6554 6555 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL->getResultLoc(); 6556 if (isa<BuiltinTypeLoc>(ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc())) 6557 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6558 6559 return SourceRange(); 6560} 6561 6562void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6563 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6564 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6565 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6566 // appear in a declaration of main. 6567 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6568 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6569 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6570 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6571 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6572 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6573 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6574 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6575 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6576 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6577 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6578 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6579 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6580 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6581 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6583 } 6584 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6585 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6586 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6587 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6588 } 6589 6590 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6591 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6592 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6593 6594 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6595 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6596 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6597 // set the flag which tells us that. 6598 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6599 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6600 6601 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6602 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6603 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6604 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6605 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6606 6607 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6608 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6609 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 6610 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6611 6612 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6613 } else { 6614 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6615 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6616 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 6617 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6618 else 6619 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6620 6621 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6622 } 6623 6624 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6625 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6626 6627 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6628 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6629 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6630 6631 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6632 6633 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6634 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6635 // getting shifty. 6636 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6637 HasExtraParameters = false; 6638 6639 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6640 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6641 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6642 nparams = 3; 6643 } 6644 6645 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6646 // if we had some location information about types. 6647 6648 QualType CharPP = 6649 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6650 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6651 6652 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6653 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6654 6655 bool mismatch = true; 6656 6657 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6658 mismatch = false; 6659 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6660 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6661 // char const ** 6662 // char const * const * 6663 // char * const * 6664 6665 QualifierCollector qs; 6666 const PointerType* PT; 6667 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6668 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6669 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 6670 Context.CharTy)) { 6671 qs.removeConst(); 6672 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6673 } 6674 } 6675 6676 if (mismatch) { 6677 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6678 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6679 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6680 } 6681 } 6682 6683 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6684 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6685 } 6686 6687 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6688 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6689 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6690 } 6691} 6692 6693bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6694 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6695 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6696 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6697 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6698 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6699 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6700 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6701 // rules there don't matter.) 6702 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6703 return false; 6704 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6705 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6706 return true; 6707} 6708 6709namespace { 6710 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6711 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6712 class SelfReferenceChecker 6713 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6714 Sema &S; 6715 Decl *OrigDecl; 6716 bool isRecordType; 6717 bool isPODType; 6718 bool isReferenceType; 6719 6720 public: 6721 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6722 6723 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6724 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6725 isPODType = false; 6726 isRecordType = false; 6727 isReferenceType = false; 6728 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6729 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6730 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6731 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6732 } 6733 } 6734 6735 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6736 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6737 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6738 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6739 if (isReferenceType) 6740 return; 6741 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6742 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6743 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6744 return; 6745 } 6746 6747 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6748 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6749 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6750 return; 6751 } 6752 6753 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6754 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6755 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6756 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6757 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6758 return; 6759 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6760 } 6761 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6762 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6763 return; 6764 } 6765 } 6766 6767 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6768 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6769 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6770 if (isReferenceType) 6771 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6772 } 6773 6774 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6775 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6776 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6777 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6778 6779 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6780 } 6781 6782 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6783 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6784 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6785 6786 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6787 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6788 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6789 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6790 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6791 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6792 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6793 Warn = false; 6794 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6795 } 6796 6797 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6798 if (Warn) 6799 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6800 return; 6801 } 6802 6803 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6804 // Visit that expression. 6805 Visit(Base); 6806 } 6807 6808 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6809 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6810 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6811 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6812 if (!isPODType) 6813 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6814 return; 6815 } 6816 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6817 } 6818 6819 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6820 6821 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6822 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6823 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6824 unsigned diag; 6825 if (isReferenceType) { 6826 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 6827 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 6828 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 6829 } else { 6830 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6831 } 6832 6833 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6834 S.PDiag(diag) 6835 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6836 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6837 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6838 } 6839 }; 6840 6841 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6842 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6843 bool DirectInit) { 6844 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6845 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6846 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6847 return; 6848 6849 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6850 6851 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6852 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6853 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6854 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6855 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6856 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6857 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6858 return; 6859 6860 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6861 } 6862} 6863 6864/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6865/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6866/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6867void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6868 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6869 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6870 // the initializer. 6871 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6872 return; 6873 6874 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6875 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6876 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6877 // Thus this grotesque test. 6878 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6879 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6880 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6881 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6882 else { 6883 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6884 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6885 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6886 } 6887 return; 6888 } 6889 6890 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6891 if (!VDecl) { 6892 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6893 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6894 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6895 return; 6896 } 6897 6898 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6899 6900 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6901 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6902 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6903 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6904 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6905 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6906 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6907 // contains exactly one expression. 6908 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6909 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6910 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6911 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6912 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6913 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6914 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6915 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6916 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6917 return; 6918 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6919 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6920 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6921 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6922 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6923 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6924 return; 6925 } else { 6926 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6927 } 6928 } 6929 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6930 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6931 DAR_Failed) 6932 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6933 if (!DeducedType) { 6934 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6935 return; 6936 } 6937 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6938 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6939 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6940 6941 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6942 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6943 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6944 6945 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6946 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6947 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6948 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6949 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6950 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6951 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6952 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6953 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6954 } 6955 6956 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6957 // the previously declared type. 6958 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6959 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6960 } 6961 6962 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6963 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6964 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6965 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6966 return; 6967 } 6968 6969 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6970 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6971 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6972 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6973 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6974 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6975 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6976 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6977 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6978 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6979 return; 6980 } 6981 6982 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6983 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6984 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6985 AbstractVariableType)) 6986 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6987 } 6988 6989 const VarDecl *Def; 6990 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6991 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6992 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6993 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6994 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6995 return; 6996 } 6997 6998 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6999 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7000 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7001 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7002 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7003 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7004 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7005 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7006 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7007 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7008 // 7009 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7010 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7011 // declaration with an initializer. 7012 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7013 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7014 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7015 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7016 return; 7017 } 7018 7019 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7020 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7021 7022 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7023 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7024 return; 7025 } 7026 } 7027 7028 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7029 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7030 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7031 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7032 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7033 return; 7034 } 7035 7036 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7037 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7038 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7039 7040 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7041 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 7042 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 7043 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 7044 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7045 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7046 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7047 return; 7048 } 7049 Init = Result.take(); 7050 } 7051 7052 // Perform the initialization. 7053 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7054 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7055 InitializationKind Kind 7056 = DirectInit ? 7057 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7058 Init->getLocStart(), 7059 Init->getLocEnd()) 7060 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7061 VDecl->getLocation()) 7062 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7063 Init->getLocStart()); 7064 7065 Expr **Args = &Init; 7066 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 7067 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7068 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 7069 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 7070 } 7071 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 7072 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7073 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 7074 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7075 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7076 return; 7077 } 7078 7079 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7080 } 7081 7082 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7083 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7084 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7085 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7086 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7087 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7088 } 7089 7090 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7091 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7092 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7093 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7094 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7095 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7096 7097 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7098 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7099 7100 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7101 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7102 7103 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7104 // Although this code can still have problems: 7105 // id x = self.weakProp; 7106 // id y = self.weakProp; 7107 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7108 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7109 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7110 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7111 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7112 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7113 Init->getLocStart()); 7114 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7115 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7116 } 7117 } 7118 7119 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7120 // 7121 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7122 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7123 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7124 // 7125 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7126 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7127 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7128 // 7129 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7130 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7131 false, 7132 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7133 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7134 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7135 return; 7136 } 7137 Init = Result.take(); 7138 7139 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7140 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7141 7142 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7143 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7144 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7145 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7146 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7147 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7148 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7149 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7150 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7151 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7152 // 7153 // struct S { 7154 // static const int value = 17; 7155 // }; 7156 7157 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7158 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7159 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7160 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7161 // 7162 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7163 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7164 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7165 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7166 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7167 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7168 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7169 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7170 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7171 7172 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7173 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7174 7175 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7176 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7177 // type. 7178 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7179 7180 // Require constness. 7181 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7182 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7183 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7184 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7185 7186 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7187 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7188 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7189 SourceLocation Loc; 7190 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7191 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7192 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7193 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7194 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7195 ; // Nothing to check. 7196 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7197 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7198 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7199 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7200 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7201 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7202 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7203 } else { 7204 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7205 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7206 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7207 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7208 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7209 } 7210 7211 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7212 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7213 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7214 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7216 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7217 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7218 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7219 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7220 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7221 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7222 } else { 7223 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7224 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7225 7226 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7227 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7228 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7229 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7230 } 7231 } 7232 7233 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7234 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 7235 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7236 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7237 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7238 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7239 7240 } else { 7241 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7242 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7243 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7244 } 7245 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7246 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 7247 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7248 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 7249 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7250 7251 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7252 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7253 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7254 } 7255 7256 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7257 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7258 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7259 // 7260 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7261 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7262 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7263 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7264 // special case code. 7265 7266 // C++ 8.5p11: 7267 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7268 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7269 // class type. 7270 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7271 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7272 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7273 } else if (DirectInit) { 7274 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7275 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7276 } 7277 7278 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7279} 7280 7281/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7282/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7283/// of sanity. 7284void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7285 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7286 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7287 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7288 7289 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7290 if (!VD) return; 7291 7292 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7293 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7294 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7295 return; 7296 } 7297 7298 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7299 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7300 7301 // Require a complete type. 7302 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7303 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7304 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7305 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7306 return; 7307 } 7308 7309 // Require an abstract type. 7310 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7311 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7312 AbstractVariableType)) { 7313 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7314 return; 7315 } 7316 7317 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7318 // though. 7319} 7320 7321void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7322 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7323 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7324 if (RealDecl == 0) 7325 return; 7326 7327 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7328 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7329 7330 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7331 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7332 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7333 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7334 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7335 return; 7336 } 7337 7338 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7339 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7340 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7341 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7342 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7343 // member. 7344 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7345 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7346 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7347 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7348 << Var->getDeclName(); 7349 else 7350 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7351 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7352 return; 7353 } 7354 7355 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7356 case VarDecl::Definition: 7357 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7358 break; 7359 7360 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7361 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7362 // a declaration. 7363 // 7364 // Fall through 7365 7366 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7367 // It's only a declaration. 7368 7369 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7370 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7371 // object shall be complete. 7372 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7373 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7374 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7375 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7376 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7377 7378 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7379 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7380 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7381 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7382 AbstractVariableType)) 7383 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7384 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7385 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7386 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7387 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7388 } 7389 7390 return; 7391 7392 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7393 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7394 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7395 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7396 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7397 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7398 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7399 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7400 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7401 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7402 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7403 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7404 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7405 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7406 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7407 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7408 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7409 // NOTE: code such as the following 7410 // static struct s; 7411 // struct s { int a; }; 7412 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7413 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7414 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7415 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7416 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7417 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7418 } 7419 } 7420 7421 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7422 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7423 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7424 return; 7425 } 7426 7427 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7428 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7429 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7430 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7431 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7432 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7433 return; 7434 } 7435 7436 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7437 // definitions with reference type. 7438 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7439 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7440 << Var->getDeclName() 7441 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7442 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7443 return; 7444 } 7445 7446 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7447 // variable with dependent type. 7448 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7449 return; 7450 7451 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7452 return; 7453 7454 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7455 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7456 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7457 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7458 return; 7459 } 7460 7461 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7462 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7463 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7464 AbstractVariableType)) { 7465 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7466 return; 7467 } 7468 7469 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7470 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7471 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7472 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7473 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7474 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7475 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7476 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7477 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7478 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7479 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7480 if (const RecordType *Record 7481 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7482 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7483 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7484 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7485 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7486 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7487 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7488 } 7489 } 7490 7491 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7492 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7493 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7494 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7495 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7496 // type shall have a user-declared default 7497 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7498 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7499 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7500 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7501 // program is ill-formed. 7502 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7503 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7504 // default-initialized; [...]. 7505 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7506 InitializationKind Kind 7507 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7508 7509 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7510 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7511 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7512 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7513 else if (Init.get()) { 7514 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7515 // This is important for template substitution. 7516 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7517 } 7518 7519 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7520 } 7521} 7522 7523void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7524 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7525 if (!VD) { 7526 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7527 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7528 return; 7529 } 7530 7531 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7532 7533 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7534 int Error = -1; 7535 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7536 case SC_None: 7537 break; 7538 case SC_Extern: 7539 Error = 0; 7540 break; 7541 case SC_Static: 7542 Error = 1; 7543 break; 7544 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7545 Error = 2; 7546 break; 7547 case SC_Auto: 7548 Error = 3; 7549 break; 7550 case SC_Register: 7551 Error = 4; 7552 break; 7553 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7554 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7555 } 7556 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7557 Error = 5; 7558 if (Error != -1) { 7559 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7560 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7561 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7562 } 7563} 7564 7565void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7566 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7567 7568 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7569 // local retaining variable. 7570 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7571 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7572 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7573 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7574 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7575 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7576 break; 7577 7578 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7579 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7580 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7581 break; 7582 } 7583 } 7584 7585 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7586 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && 7587 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7588 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7589 var->getLocation())) { 7590 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7591 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7592 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7593 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7594 7595 if (!prev) 7596 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7597 } 7598 7599 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7600 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7601 7602 QualType type = var->getType(); 7603 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7604 7605 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7606 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7607 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7608 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7609 7610 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7611 // constructing this copy. 7612 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7613 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7614 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7615 ExprResult result = 7616 PerformCopyInitialization( 7617 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7618 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7619 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7620 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7621 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7622 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7623 } 7624 } 7625 } 7626 7627 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7628 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7629 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7630 7631 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7632 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7633 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7634 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7635 var->getLocation()) 7636 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7637 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7638 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7639 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7640 7641 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7642 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7643 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7644 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7645 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7646 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7647 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7648 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7649 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7650 Notes.clear(); 7651 } 7652 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7653 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7654 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7655 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7656 } 7657 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7658 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7659 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7660 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7661 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7662 } 7663 } 7664 7665 // Require the destructor. 7666 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7667 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7668} 7669 7670/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7671/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7672void 7673Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7674 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7675 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7676 7677 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7678 if (!VD) 7679 return; 7680 7681 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7682 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 7683 7684 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7685 // tag values. 7686 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 7687 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 7688 return; 7689 7690 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7691 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7692 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7693 I != E; ++I) { 7694 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7695 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7696 continue; 7697 } 7698 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7699 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7700 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7701 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7702 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7703 continue; 7704 } 7705 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7706 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7707 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7708 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7709 continue; 7710 } 7711 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7712 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7713 MagicValue, 7714 I->getMatchingCType(), 7715 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7716 I->getMustBeNull()); 7717 } 7718} 7719 7720Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7721Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7722 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7723 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7724 7725 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7726 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7727 7728 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7729 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7730 Decls.push_back(D); 7731 7732 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 7733 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 7734 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 7735 7736 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7737 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7738} 7739 7740/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7741/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7742Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7743Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7744 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7745 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7746 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7747 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7748 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7749 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7750 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7751 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7752 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7753 QualType Deduced; 7754 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7755 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7756 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7757 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7758 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7759 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7760 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7761 break; 7762 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7763 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7764 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7765 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7766 Deduced = U; 7767 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7768 DeducedDecl = D; 7769 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7770 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7771 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7772 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7773 << U << D->getDeclName() 7774 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7775 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7776 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7777 break; 7778 } 7779 } 7780 } 7781 } 7782 } 7783 7784 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7785 7786 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7787} 7788 7789void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7790 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7791} 7792 7793void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7794 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7795 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7796 return; 7797 7798 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7799 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7800 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7801 return; 7802 7803 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7804 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7805 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7806 // additional declaration references: 7807 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7808 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7809 // 'struct S *pS;' 7810 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7811 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7812 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7813 Group++; 7814 NumDecls--; 7815 } 7816 } 7817 7818 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7819 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7820 if (!Comments.empty() && 7821 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7822 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7823 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7824 // 7825 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7826 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7827 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7828 // ahead through comments. 7829 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7830 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7831 } 7832} 7833 7834/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7835/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7836Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7837 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7838 7839 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7840 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7841 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7842 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7843 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7844 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7845 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7846 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7847 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7848 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7849 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7850 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7851 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7852 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7853 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7854 } 7855 7856 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7857 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7858 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7859 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7860 << 0; 7861 7862 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7863 7864 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7865 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7866 7867 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7868 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7869 // parameter. 7870 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7871 7872 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7873 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7874 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7875 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7876 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7877 } 7878 } 7879 7880 // Ensure we have a valid name 7881 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7882 if (D.hasName()) { 7883 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7884 if (!II) { 7885 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7886 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7887 D.setInvalidType(true); 7888 } 7889 } 7890 7891 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7892 if (II) { 7893 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7894 ForRedeclaration); 7895 LookupName(R, S); 7896 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7897 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7898 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7899 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7900 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7901 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7902 PrevDecl = 0; 7903 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7904 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7905 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7906 7907 // Recover by removing the name 7908 II = 0; 7909 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7910 D.setInvalidType(true); 7911 } 7912 } 7913 } 7914 7915 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7916 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7917 // looking like class members in C++. 7918 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7919 D.getLocStart(), 7920 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7921 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7922 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7923 7924 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7925 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7926 7927 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7928 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7929 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7930 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7931 7932 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7933 S->AddDecl(New); 7934 if (II) 7935 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7936 7937 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7938 7939 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7941 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7942 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7943 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7944 7945 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7946 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7947 } 7948 return New; 7949} 7950 7951/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7952/// typedef. 7953ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7954 SourceLocation Loc, 7955 QualType T) { 7956 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7957 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7958 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7959 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7960 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7961 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7962 Param->setImplicit(); 7963 return Param; 7964} 7965 7966void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7967 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7968 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7969 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7970 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7971 return; 7972 7973 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7974 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7975 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7976 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7977 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7978 } 7979 } 7980} 7981 7982void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7983 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7984 QualType ReturnTy, 7985 NamedDecl *D) { 7986 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7987 return; 7988 7989 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7990 // threshold. 7991 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7992 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7993 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7994 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7995 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7996 } 7997 7998 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7999 // threshold. 8000 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8001 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8002 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8003 continue; 8004 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8005 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8006 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8007 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8008 } 8009} 8010 8011ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8012 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8013 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8014 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 8015 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 8016 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8017 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8018 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8019 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8020 8021 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8022 8023 // Special cases for arrays: 8024 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8025 // - otherwise, it's an error 8026 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8027 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8028 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8029 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8030 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8031 } 8032 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8033 } else { 8034 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8035 } 8036 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8037 } 8038 8039 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8040 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8041 TSInfo, 8042 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 8043 0); 8044 8045 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8046 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8047 // the class has been completely parsed. 8048 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8049 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8050 AbstractParamType)) 8051 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8052 8053 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8054 // passed by reference. 8055 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8056 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8057 Diag(NameLoc, 8058 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8059 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8060 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8061 New->setType(T); 8062 } 8063 8064 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8065 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8066 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8067 // an address space. 8068 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8069 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8070 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8071 } 8072 8073 return New; 8074} 8075 8076void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8077 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8078 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8079 8080 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8081 // for a K&R function. 8082 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8083 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8084 --i; 8085 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8086 SmallString<256> Code; 8087 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8088 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8089 << ";\n"; 8090 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8091 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8092 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8093 8094 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8095 // type. 8096 AttributeFactory attrs; 8097 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8098 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8099 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8100 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8101 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8102 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8103 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8104 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8105 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8106 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8107 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8108 } 8109 } 8110 } 8111} 8112 8113Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8114 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8115 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8116 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8117 8118 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8119 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8120 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8121} 8122 8123static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8124 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8125 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8126 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8127 return false; 8128 8129 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8130 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8131 return false; 8132 8133 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8134 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8135 return false; 8136 8137 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8138 if (FD->isMain()) 8139 return false; 8140 8141 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8142 if (FD->isInlined()) 8143 return false; 8144 8145 // Don't warn about function templates. 8146 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8147 return false; 8148 8149 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8150 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8151 return false; 8152 8153 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8154 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8155 return false; 8156 8157 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8158 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8159 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8160 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8161 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8162 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8163 continue; 8164 8165 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8166 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8167 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8168 break; 8169 } 8170 8171 return MissingPrototype; 8172} 8173 8174void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8175 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8176 // was an extern inline function. 8177 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8178 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8179 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8180 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8181 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8182 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8183 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8184 else 8185 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8186 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8187 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8188 } 8189} 8190 8191Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8192 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8193 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8194 8195 if (!D) 8196 return D; 8197 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8198 8199 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8200 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8201 else 8202 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8203 8204 // Enter a new function scope 8205 PushFunctionScope(); 8206 8207 // See if this is a redefinition. 8208 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8209 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8210 8211 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8212 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8213 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8214 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8215 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8216 } 8217 } 8218 8219 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8220 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8221 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8222 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8223 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8224 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8225 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8226 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8227 8228 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8229 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8230 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8231 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8232 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8233 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8234 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8235 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8236 8237 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8238 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8239 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8240 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8241 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8242 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL)) 8243 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8244 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8245 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8246 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8247 } 8248 } 8249 8250 if (FnBodyScope) 8251 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8252 8253 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8254 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8255 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8256 8257 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8258 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8259 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8260 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8261 8262 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8263 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8264 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8265 8266 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8267 } 8268 } 8269 8270 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8271 // introduce them into the function scope. 8272 if (FnBodyScope) { 8273 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8274 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8275 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8276 8277 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8278 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8279 // and reattach to the current context. 8280 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8281 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8282 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8283 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8284 if (*DI == D) { 8285 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8286 break; 8287 } 8288 } 8289 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8290 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8291 } 8292 8293 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8294 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8295 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8296 8297 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8298 // accessible in this scope. 8299 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8300 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8301 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8302 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8303 } 8304 } 8305 } 8306 8307 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8308 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8309 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8310 8311 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8312 // dllimport attribute. 8313 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8314 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8315 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8316 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8317 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8318 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8319 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8320 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8321 << "dllimport"; 8322 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8323 return D; 8324 } 8325 8326 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8327 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8328 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8329 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8330 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8331 // emitted. 8332 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8333 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8334 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8335 } 8336 } 8337 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8338 // a function template). 8339 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8340 return D; 8341} 8342 8343/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8344/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8345/// optimization. 8346/// 8347/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8348/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8349/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8350/// use the named return value optimization. 8351/// 8352/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8353/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8354/// the NRVO variable. 8355/// 8356/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8357/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8358/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8359void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8360 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8361 8362 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8363 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8364 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8365 return; 8366 8367 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8368 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8369 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8370 return; 8371 } 8372 8373 if (NRVOCandidate) 8374 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8375} 8376 8377bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8378 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8379 return false; 8380 8381 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8382 return true; 8383 8384 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8385 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8386 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8387 else 8388 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8389 8390 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8391 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8392 // rest of the file. 8393 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8394} 8395 8396Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8397 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8398 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8399 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8400 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8401 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8402} 8403 8404Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8405 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8406} 8407 8408Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8409 bool IsInstantiation) { 8410 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8411 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8412 if (FunTmpl) 8413 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8414 else 8415 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8416 8417 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8418 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8419 8420 if (FD) { 8421 FD->setBody(Body); 8422 8423 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8424 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8425 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8426 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8427 8428 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8429 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8430 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8431 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8432 8433 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8434 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8435 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8436 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8437 8438 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8439 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8440 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8441 8442 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8443 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8444 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8446 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8447 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8448 } 8449 8450 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8451 "Function parsing confused"); 8452 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8453 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8454 MD->setBody(Body); 8455 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8456 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8457 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8458 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8459 8460 if (Body) 8461 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8462 } 8463 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8464 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8465 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8466 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8467 } 8468 } else { 8469 return 0; 8470 } 8471 8472 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8473 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8474 "handled in the block above."); 8475 8476 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8477 if (Body) { 8478 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8479 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8480 // Verify this. 8481 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8482 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8483 8484 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8485 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8486 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8487 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8488 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8489 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8490 8491 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8492 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8493 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8494 8495 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8496 Destructor->getParent()); 8497 } 8498 8499 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8500 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8501 // deletion in some later function. 8502 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8503 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8504 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8505 } 8506 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8507 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8508 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8509 // enabled. 8510 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8511 } 8512 8513 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8514 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8515 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8516 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8517 8518 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8519 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8520 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8521 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8522 } 8523 8524 if (!IsInstantiation) 8525 PopDeclContext(); 8526 8527 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8528 8529 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8530 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8531 // deletion in some later function. 8532 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8533 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8534 } 8535 8536 return dcl; 8537} 8538 8539 8540/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8541/// relevant Decl. 8542void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8543 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8544 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8545 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8546 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8547 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8548 8549 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8550 if (Method->isStatic()) 8551 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8552} 8553 8554 8555/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8556/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8557NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8558 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8559 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8560 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8561 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8562 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8563 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8564 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8565 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8566 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8567 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8568 return Pos->second; 8569 } 8570 8571 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8572 unsigned diag_id; 8573 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8574 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8575 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8576 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8577 else 8578 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8579 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8580 8581 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8582 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8583 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8584 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8585 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8586 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8587 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8588 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8589 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8590 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8591 8592 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8593 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8594 8595 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8596 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8597 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8598 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8599 } 8600 } 8601 8602 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8603 const char *Dummy; 8604 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8605 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8606 unsigned DiagID; 8607 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8608 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8609 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8610 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8611 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8612 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8613 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8614 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8615 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8616 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8617 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8618 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8619 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8620 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8621 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8622 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8623 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8624 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8625 EST_None, 8626 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8627 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8628 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8629 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8630 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8631 Loc, Loc, D), 8632 DS.getAttributes(), 8633 SourceLocation()); 8634 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8635 8636 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8637 8638 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8639 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8640 8641 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8642 FD->setImplicit(); 8643 8644 CurContext = PrevDC; 8645 8646 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8647 8648 return FD; 8649} 8650 8651/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8652/// the declaration of this function. 8653/// 8654/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8655/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8656/// like NSLog or printf. 8657/// 8658/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8659/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8660void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8661 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8662 return; 8663 8664 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8665 // actual attributes. 8666 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8667 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8668 unsigned FormatIdx; 8669 bool HasVAListArg; 8670 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8671 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8672 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8673 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8674 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8675 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8676 fmt = "NSString"; 8677 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8678 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8679 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8680 } 8681 } 8682 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8683 HasVAListArg)) { 8684 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8685 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8686 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8687 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8688 } 8689 8690 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8691 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8692 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8693 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8694 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8695 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8696 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8697 } 8698 8699 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8700 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8701 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8702 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8703 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8704 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8705 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8706 } 8707 8708 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8709 if (!Name) 8710 return; 8711 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8712 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8713 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8714 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8715 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8716 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8717 // about. 8718 } else 8719 return; 8720 8721 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8722 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8723 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8724 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8725 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8726 "printf", 2, 8727 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8728 } 8729 8730 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8731 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8732 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8733 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8734 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8735 } 8736} 8737 8738TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8739 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8740 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8741 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8742 8743 if (!TInfo) { 8744 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8745 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8746 } 8747 8748 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8749 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8750 D.getLocStart(), 8751 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8752 D.getIdentifier(), 8753 TInfo); 8754 8755 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8756 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8757 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8758 return NewTD; 8759 } 8760 8761 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8762 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8763 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8764 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8765 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8766 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8767 else 8768 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8769 } 8770 8771 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8772 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8773 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8774 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8775 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8776 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8777 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8778 case TST_enum: 8779 case TST_struct: 8780 case TST_interface: 8781 case TST_union: 8782 case TST_class: { 8783 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8784 8785 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8786 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8787 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8788 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8789 8790 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8791 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8792 8793 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8794 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8795 break; 8796 8797 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8798 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8799 break; 8800 } 8801 8802 default: 8803 break; 8804 } 8805 8806 return NewTD; 8807} 8808 8809 8810/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8811bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8812 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8813 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8814 8815 if (T->isDependentType()) 8816 return false; 8817 8818 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 8819 if (BT->isInteger()) 8820 return false; 8821 8822 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8823 return true; 8824} 8825 8826/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8827/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8828bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8829 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8830 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8831 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8832 8833 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8834 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8835 << Prev->isScoped(); 8836 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8837 return true; 8838 } 8839 8840 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8841 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8842 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8843 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8844 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8845 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8846 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8847 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8848 return true; 8849 } 8850 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8851 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8852 << Prev->isFixed(); 8853 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8854 return true; 8855 } 8856 8857 return false; 8858} 8859 8860/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8861/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8862/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8863/// 8864/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8865static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8866 switch (Tag) { 8867 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8868 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8869 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8870 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8871 } 8872} 8873 8874/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8875/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8876/// 8877/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8878static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8879{ 8880 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8881} 8882 8883/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8884/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8885/// 8886/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8887bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8888 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8889 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8890 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8891 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8892 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8893 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8894 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8895 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8896 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8897 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8898 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8899 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8900 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8901 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8902 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8903 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8904 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8905 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8906 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8907 return true; 8908 8909 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8910 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8911 bool isTemplate = false; 8912 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8913 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8914 8915 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8916 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8917 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8918 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8919 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8920 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8921 return true; 8922 } 8923 8924 if (isDefinition) { 8925 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8926 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8927 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8928 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8929 return true; 8930 } 8931 8932 bool previousMismatch = false; 8933 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8934 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8935 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8936 if (!previousMismatch) { 8937 previousMismatch = true; 8938 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8939 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8940 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8941 } 8942 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8943 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8944 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8945 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8946 } 8947 } 8948 return true; 8949 } 8950 8951 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8952 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8953 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8954 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8955 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8956 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8957 return true; 8958 } 8959 8960 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8961 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8962 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8963 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8964 8965 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8966 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8967 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8968 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8969 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8970 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8971 } 8972 8973 return true; 8974 } 8975 return false; 8976} 8977 8978/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8979/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8980/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8981/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8982Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8983 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8984 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8985 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8986 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8987 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8988 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8989 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8990 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8991 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8992 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8993 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8994 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8995 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8996 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8997 8998 OwnedDecl = false; 8999 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9000 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9001 9002 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9003 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9004 bool Invalid = false; 9005 9006 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9007 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9008 // for non-C++ cases. 9009 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9010 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9011 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9012 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9013 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9014 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9015 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9016 isExplicitSpecialization, 9017 Invalid)) { 9018 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9019 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9020 // be a member of another template). 9021 9022 if (Invalid) 9023 return 0; 9024 9025 OwnedDecl = false; 9026 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9027 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9028 TemplateParams, AS, 9029 ModulePrivateLoc, 9030 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9031 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9032 return Result.get(); 9033 } else { 9034 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9035 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9036 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9037 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9038 } 9039 } 9040 } 9041 9042 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9043 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9044 // redeclaration. 9045 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9046 9047 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9048 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9049 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9050 // type, default to int. 9051 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9052 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9053 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9054 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9055 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9056 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9057 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9058 9059 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9060 // Recover by falling back to int. 9061 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9062 9063 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9064 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9065 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9066 9067 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9068 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9069 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9070 } 9071 9072 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9073 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9074 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9075 9076 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9077 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9078 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9079 9080 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9081 9082 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9083 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9084 9085 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9086 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9087 Name = 0; 9088 goto CreateNewDecl; 9089 } 9090 9091 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9092 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9093 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9094 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9095 if (!DC) { 9096 IsDependent = true; 9097 return 0; 9098 } 9099 } else { 9100 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9101 if (!DC) { 9102 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9103 << SS.getRange(); 9104 return 0; 9105 } 9106 } 9107 9108 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9109 return 0; 9110 9111 SearchDC = DC; 9112 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9113 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9114 9115 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9116 return 0; 9117 9118 if (Previous.empty()) { 9119 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9120 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9121 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9122 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9123 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9124 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9125 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9126 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9127 IsDependent = true; 9128 return 0; 9129 } 9130 9131 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9132 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9133 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9134 Name = 0; 9135 Invalid = true; 9136 goto CreateNewDecl; 9137 } 9138 } else if (Name) { 9139 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9140 // declaration or definition. 9141 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9142 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9143 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9144 LookupName(Previous, S); 9145 9146 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9147 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9148 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9149 while (F.hasNext()) { 9150 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9151 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9152 F.erase(); 9153 } 9154 F.done(); 9155 } 9156 9157 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9158 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9159 return 0; 9160 9161 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9162 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9163 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9164 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9165 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9166 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9167 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9168 } 9169 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9170 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9171 // initial context to the translation unit. 9172 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9173 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9174 } 9175 9176 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9177 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9178 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9179 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9180 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9181 Previous.clear(); 9182 } 9183 9184 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9185 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9186 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9187 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9188 9189 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9190 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9191 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9192 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9193 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9194 } 9195 } 9196 9197 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9198 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9199 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9200 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9201 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9202 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9203 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9204 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9205 9206 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9207 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9208 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9209 // 9210 // class-key identifier 9211 // 9212 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9213 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9214 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9215 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9216 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9217 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9218 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9219 // declaration. 9220 // 9221 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9222 // C structs and unions. 9223 // 9224 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9225 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9226 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9227 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9228 // 9229 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9230 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9231 // 9232 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9233 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9234 // lexical context, 9235 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9236 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9237 9238 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9239 while (S->isClassScope() || 9240 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9241 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9242 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9243 (S->getEntity() && 9244 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9245 S = S->getParent(); 9246 } else { 9247 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9248 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9249 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9250 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9251 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9252 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9253 } 9254 9255 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9256 // diagnose some problems. 9257 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9258 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9259 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9260 } 9261 } 9262 9263 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9264 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9265 9266 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9267 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9268 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9269 // in C++. 9270 // 9271 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9272 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9273 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9274 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9275 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9276 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9277 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9278 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9279 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9280 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9281 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9282 PrevDecl = Tag; 9283 Previous.clear(); 9284 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9285 Previous.resolveKind(); 9286 } 9287 } 9288 } 9289 } 9290 9291 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9292 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9293 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9294 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9295 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9296 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9297 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9298 // struct or something similar. 9299 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9300 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9301 *Name)) { 9302 bool SafeToContinue 9303 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9304 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9305 if (SafeToContinue) 9306 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9307 << Name 9308 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9309 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9310 else 9311 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9312 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9313 9314 if (SafeToContinue) 9315 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9316 else { 9317 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9318 Name = 0; 9319 Previous.clear(); 9320 Invalid = true; 9321 } 9322 } 9323 9324 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9325 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9326 9327 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9328 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9329 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9330 if (ScopedEnum) 9331 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9332 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9333 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9334 return PrevTagDecl; 9335 } 9336 9337 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9338 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9339 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9340 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9341 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9342 9343 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9344 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9345 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9346 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9347 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9348 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9349 } 9350 9351 if (!Invalid) { 9352 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9353 9354 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9355 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9356 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9357 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9358 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9359 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9360 return PrevTagDecl; 9361 9362 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9363 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9364 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9365 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9366 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9367 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9368 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9369 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9370 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9371 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9372 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9373 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9374 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9375 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9376 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9377 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9378 } 9379 9380 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9381 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9382 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9383 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9384 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9385 else 9386 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9387 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9388 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9389 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9390 // references get the previous definition. 9391 Name = 0; 9392 Previous.clear(); 9393 Invalid = true; 9394 } 9395 } else { 9396 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9397 // about a nested redefinition. 9398 const TagType *Tag 9399 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9400 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9401 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9402 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9403 diag::note_previous_definition); 9404 Name = 0; 9405 Previous.clear(); 9406 Invalid = true; 9407 } 9408 } 9409 9410 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9411 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9412 } 9413 } 9414 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9415 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9416 9417 } else { 9418 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9419 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9420 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9421 // have distinct types. 9422 Previous.clear(); 9423 } 9424 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9425 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9426 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9427 9428 9429 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9430 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9431 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9432 } else { 9433 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9434 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9435 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9436 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9437 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9438 unsigned Kind = 0; 9439 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9440 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9441 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9442 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9443 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9444 Invalid = true; 9445 9446 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9447 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9448 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9449 // do nothing 9450 9451 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9452 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9453 unsigned Kind = 0; 9454 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9455 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9456 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9457 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9458 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9459 Invalid = true; 9460 9461 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9462 // case here. 9463 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9464 unsigned Kind = 0; 9465 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9466 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9467 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9468 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9469 Invalid = true; 9470 9471 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9472 } else { 9473 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9474 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9475 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9476 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9477 Name = 0; 9478 Invalid = true; 9479 } 9480 9481 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9482 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9483 Previous.clear(); 9484 } 9485 } 9486 9487CreateNewDecl: 9488 9489 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9490 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9491 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9492 9493 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9494 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9495 // keyword. 9496 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9497 9498 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9499 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9500 // PrevDecl. 9501 TagDecl *New; 9502 9503 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9504 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9505 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9506 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9507 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9508 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9509 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9510 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9511 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9512 TagDecl *Def; 9513 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9514 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9515 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9516 } 9517 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9518 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9519 << New; 9520 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9521 } else { 9522 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9523 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9524 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9525 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9526 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9527 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9528 9529 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9530 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9531 // the declaration context. 9532 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9533 IsForwardReference = true; 9534 } 9535 } 9536 9537 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9538 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9539 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9540 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9541 else 9542 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9543 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9544 } 9545 9546 } else { 9547 // struct/union/class 9548 9549 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9550 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9551 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9552 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9553 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9554 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9555 9556 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9557 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9558 } else 9559 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9560 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9561 } 9562 9563 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9564 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9565 if (SS.isSet()) { 9566 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9567 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9568 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9569 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9570 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9571 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9572 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9573 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9574 Invalid = true; 9575 9576 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9577 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9578 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9579 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9580 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9581 } 9582 } 9583 else 9584 Invalid = true; 9585 } 9586 9587 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9588 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9589 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9590 // 9591 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9592 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9593 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9594 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9595 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9596 // parsing of the struct). 9597 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9598 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9599 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9600 } 9601 } 9602 9603 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9604 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9606 << 2 9607 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9608 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9609 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9610 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9611 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9612 New->setModulePrivate(); 9613 } 9614 9615 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9616 // check the specialization. 9617 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9618 Invalid = true; 9619 9620 if (Invalid) 9621 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9622 9623 if (Attr) 9624 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9625 9626 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9627 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9628 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9629 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9630 9631 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9632 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9633 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9634 9635 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9636 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9637 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9638 // the tag name visible. 9639 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9640 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9641 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9642 9643 // Set the access specifier. 9644 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9645 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9646 9647 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9648 New->startDefinition(); 9649 9650 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9651 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9652 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9653 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9654 if (PrevDecl) 9655 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9656 9657 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9658 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9659 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9660 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9661 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9662 } else if (Name) { 9663 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9664 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9665 if (IsForwardReference) 9666 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9667 9668 } else { 9669 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9670 } 9671 9672 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9673 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9674 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9675 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9676 II->isStr("FILE")) 9677 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9678 9679 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9680 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9681 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9682 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9683 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9684 9685 if (PrevDecl) 9686 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9687 9688 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9689 // record. 9690 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9691 9692 OwnedDecl = true; 9693 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 9694 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 9695 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 9696} 9697 9698void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9699 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9700 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9701 9702 // Enter the tag context. 9703 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9704 9705 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9706 9707 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9708 // record. 9709 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9710} 9711 9712Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9713 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9714 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9715 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9716 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9717 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9718 CurContext = OCD; 9719 return IDecl; 9720} 9721 9722void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9723 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9724 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9725 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9726 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9727 9728 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9729 9730 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9731 return; 9732 9733 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9734 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9735 9736 // C++ [class]p2: 9737 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9738 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9739 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9740 // as if it were a public member name. 9741 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9742 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9743 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9744 Record->getIdentifier(), 9745 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9746 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9747 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9748 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9749 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9750 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9751 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9752 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9753 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9754 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9755} 9756 9757void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9758 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9759 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9760 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9761 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9762 9763 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9764 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9765 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9766 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9767 RD->completeDefinition(); 9768 } 9769 9770 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9771 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9772 9773 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9774 PopDeclContext(); 9775 9776 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 9777 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9778 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 9779 9780 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9781 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9782} 9783 9784void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9785 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9786 PopDeclContext(); 9787} 9788 9789void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9790 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9791 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9792 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9793} 9794 9795void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9796 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9797 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9798} 9799 9800void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9801 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9802 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9803 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9804 9805 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9806 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9807 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9808 RD->completeDefinition(); 9809 } 9810 9811 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9812 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9813 // the FieldCollector. 9814 9815 PopDeclContext(); 9816} 9817 9818// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9819ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9820 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9821 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9822 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9823 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9824 if (ZeroWidth) 9825 *ZeroWidth = true; 9826 9827 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9828 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9829 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9830 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9831 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9832 return ExprError(); 9833 if (FieldName) 9834 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9835 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9836 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9837 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9838 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9839 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9840 return ExprError(); 9841 9842 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9843 // it now. 9844 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9845 return Owned(BitWidth); 9846 9847 llvm::APSInt Value; 9848 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9849 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9850 return ICE; 9851 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9852 9853 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9854 *ZeroWidth = false; 9855 9856 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9857 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9858 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9859 9860 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9861 if (FieldName) 9862 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9863 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9864 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9865 << Value.toString(10); 9866 } 9867 9868 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9869 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9870 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9871 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9872 if (FieldName) 9873 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9874 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9875 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9876 9877 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9878 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9879 } 9880 9881 if (FieldName) 9882 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9883 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9884 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9885 else 9886 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9887 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9888 } 9889 } 9890 9891 return Owned(BitWidth); 9892} 9893 9894/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9895/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9896Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9897 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9898 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9899 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9900 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9901 return Res; 9902} 9903 9904/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9905/// 9906FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9907 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9908 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9909 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9910 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9911 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9912 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9913 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9914 9915 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9916 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9917 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9918 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9919 9920 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9921 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9922 D.setInvalidType(); 9923 T = Context.IntTy; 9924 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9925 } 9926 } 9927 9928 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 9929 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 9930 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 9931 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 9932 D.setInvalidType(); 9933 } 9934 9935 9936 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9937 9938 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9939 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9940 9941 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9942 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9943 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9944 LookupName(Previous, S); 9945 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9946 case LookupResult::Found: 9947 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9948 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9949 break; 9950 9951 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9952 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9953 break; 9954 9955 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9956 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9957 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9958 break; 9959 } 9960 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9961 9962 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9963 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9964 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9965 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9966 PrevDecl = 0; 9967 } 9968 9969 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9970 PrevDecl = 0; 9971 9972 bool Mutable 9973 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9974 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9975 FieldDecl *NewFD 9976 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9977 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9978 9979 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9980 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9981 9982 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9983 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9984 9985 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9986 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9987 // with the same name in the same scope. 9988 } else if (II) { 9989 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9990 } else 9991 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9992 9993 return NewFD; 9994} 9995 9996/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9997/// 9998/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9999/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10000/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10001/// created. 10002/// 10003/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10004/// 10005/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10006FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10007 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10008 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10009 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10010 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10011 SourceLocation TSSL, 10012 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10013 Declarator *D) { 10014 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10015 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10016 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10017 10018 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10019 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10020 if (T.isNull()) { 10021 InvalidDecl = true; 10022 T = Context.IntTy; 10023 } 10024 10025 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10026 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10027 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10028 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10029 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10030 InvalidDecl = true; 10031 } else { 10032 NamedDecl *Def; 10033 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10034 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10035 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10036 InvalidDecl = true; 10037 } 10038 } 10039 } 10040 10041 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10042 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10043 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10044 InvalidDecl = true; 10045 } 10046 10047 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10048 // than a variably modified type. 10049 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10050 bool SizeIsNegative; 10051 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10052 10053 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10054 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10055 SizeIsNegative, 10056 Oversized); 10057 if (FixedTInfo) { 10058 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10059 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10060 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10061 } else { 10062 if (SizeIsNegative) 10063 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10064 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10065 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10066 << Oversized.toString(10); 10067 else 10068 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10069 InvalidDecl = true; 10070 } 10071 } 10072 10073 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10074 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10075 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10076 AbstractFieldType)) 10077 InvalidDecl = true; 10078 10079 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10080 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10081 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10082 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10083 if (!BitWidth) { 10084 InvalidDecl = true; 10085 BitWidth = 0; 10086 ZeroWidth = false; 10087 } 10088 } 10089 10090 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10091 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10092 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10093 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10094 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10095 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10096 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10097 10098 if (DiagID) { 10099 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10100 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10101 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10102 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10103 Mutable = false; 10104 InvalidDecl = true; 10105 } 10106 } 10107 10108 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10109 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10110 if (InvalidDecl) 10111 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10112 10113 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10114 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10115 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10116 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10117 } 10118 10119 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10120 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10121 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10122 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10123 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10124 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10125 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10126 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10127 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10128 // objects. 10129 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10130 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10131 } 10132 } 10133 10134 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10135 // the program is ill-formed. 10136 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10137 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10138 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10139 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10140 } 10141 } 10142 } 10143 10144 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10145 // representation, not a parser representation. 10146 if (D) 10147 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 10148 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 10149 10150 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10151 // retainable type. 10152 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10153 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10154 10155 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10157 10158 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10159 return NewFD; 10160} 10161 10162bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10163 assert(FD); 10164 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10165 10166 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10167 return true; 10168 10169 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10170 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10171 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10172 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10173 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10174 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10175 // copy constructors. 10176 10177 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10178 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10179 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10180 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10181 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10182 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10183 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10184 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10185 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10186 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10187 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10188 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10189 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10190 member = CXXDestructor; 10191 10192 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10193 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10194 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10195 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10196 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10197 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10198 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10199 // members unavailable. 10200 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10201 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10202 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10203 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10204 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10205 return false; 10206 } 10207 } 10208 10209 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10210 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10211 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10212 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10213 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10214 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10215 } 10216 } 10217 } 10218 10219 return false; 10220} 10221 10222/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10223/// AST enum value. 10224static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10225TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10226 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10227 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10228 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10229 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10230 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10231 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10232 } 10233} 10234 10235/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10236/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10237Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10238 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10239 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10240 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10241 10242 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10243 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10244 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10245 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10246 10247 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10248 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10249 10250 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10251 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10252 10253 if (BitWidth) { 10254 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10255 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10256 if (!BitWidth) 10257 D.setInvalidType(); 10258 } else { 10259 // Not a bitfield. 10260 10261 // validate II. 10262 10263 } 10264 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10265 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10266 D.setInvalidType(); 10267 } 10268 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10269 // than a variably modified type. 10270 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10272 D.setInvalidType(); 10273 } 10274 10275 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10276 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10277 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10278 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10279 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10280 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10281 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10282 return 0; 10283 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10284 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10285 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10286 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10287 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10288 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10289 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10290 } 10291 else 10292 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10293 } else { 10294 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10295 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10296 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10297 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10298 return 0; 10299 } 10300 } 10301 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10302 } 10303 10304 // Construct the decl. 10305 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10306 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10307 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10308 10309 if (II) { 10310 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10311 ForRedeclaration); 10312 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10313 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10314 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10315 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10316 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10317 } 10318 } 10319 10320 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10321 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10322 10323 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10324 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10325 10326 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10327 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10328 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10329 10330 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10331 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10332 10333 if (II) { 10334 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10335 // these to the interface. 10336 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10337 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10338 } 10339 10340 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10341 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10342 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10343 10344 return NewID; 10345} 10346 10347/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10348/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10349/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10350/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10351void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10352 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10353 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10354 return; 10355 10356 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10357 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10358 10359 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10360 return; 10361 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10362 if (!ID) { 10363 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10364 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10365 return; 10366 } 10367 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10368 else 10369 return; 10370 } 10371 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10372 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10373 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10374 10375 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10376 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10377 Context.CharTy, 10378 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10379 DeclLoc), 10380 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10381 true); 10382 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10383} 10384 10385void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10386 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10387 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10388 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10389 AttributeList *Attr) { 10390 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10391 10392 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10393 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10394 // it will now change. 10395 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10396 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10397 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10398 default: break; 10399 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10400 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10401 break; 10402 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10403 Context. 10404 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10405 break; 10406 } 10407 } 10408 10409 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10410 10411 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10412 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10413 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10414 if (Record) { 10415 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10416 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10417 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10418 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10419 ++NumNamedMembers; 10420 } 10421 } 10422 10423 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10424 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10425 10426 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10427 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10428 i != end; ++i) { 10429 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10430 10431 // Get the type for the field. 10432 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10433 10434 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10435 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10436 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10437 } 10438 10439 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10440 // diagnostics about it. 10441 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10442 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10443 continue; 10444 } 10445 10446 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10447 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10448 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10449 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10450 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10451 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10452 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10453 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10454 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10455 // array. 10456 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10457 // Field declared as a function. 10458 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10459 << FD->getDeclName(); 10460 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10461 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10462 continue; 10463 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10464 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10465 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10466 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10467 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10468 // Flexible array member. 10469 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10470 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10471 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10472 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10473 if (Record->isUnion()) 10474 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10475 << FD->getDeclName(); 10476 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10477 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10478 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10479 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10480 if (Record->isUnion()) 10481 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10482 << FD->getDeclName(); 10483 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10484 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10485 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10486 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10487 if (Record->isUnion()) 10488 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10489 << FD->getDeclName(); 10490 else 10491 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10492 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10493 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10494 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10495 << FD->getDeclName(); 10496 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10497 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10498 continue; 10499 } 10500 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10501 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10502 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10503 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10504 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10505 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10506 continue; 10507 } 10508 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10509 if (Record) 10510 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10511 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10512 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10513 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10514 // Incomplete type 10515 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10516 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10517 continue; 10518 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10519 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10520 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10521 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10522 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10523 } else { 10524 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10525 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10526 // structures. 10527 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10528 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10529 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10530 else { 10531 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10532 // other structs as an extension. 10533 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10534 << FD->getDeclName(); 10535 if (Record) 10536 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10537 } 10538 } 10539 } 10540 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10541 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10542 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10543 AbstractIvarType)) { 10544 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10545 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10546 } 10547 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10548 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10549 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 10550 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10551 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10552 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10553 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10554 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10555 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10556 FD->setType(T); 10557 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 10558 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 10559 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10560 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10561 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10562 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10563 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10564 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10565 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10566 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10567 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10568 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10569 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10570 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10571 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10572 } 10573 } else { 10574 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 10575 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 10576 } 10577 ARCErrReported = true; 10578 } 10579 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10580 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10581 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10582 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10583 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10584 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10585 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10586 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10587 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10588 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10589 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10590 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10591 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10592 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10593 } 10594 } 10595 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 10596 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10597 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10598 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10599 ++NumNamedMembers; 10600 } 10601 10602 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10603 if (Record) { 10604 bool Completed = false; 10605 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10606 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10607 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10608 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 10609 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 10610 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 10611 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 10612 10613 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10614 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10616 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10617 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10618 10619 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10620 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10621 10622 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10623 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10624 // problem now. 10625 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10626 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10627 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10628 10629 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10630 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10631 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10632 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10633 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10634 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10635 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10636 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10637 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10638 continue; 10639 10640 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10641 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10642 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10643 // program is ill-formed. 10644 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10645 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10646 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10647 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10648 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10649 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10650 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10651 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10652 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10653 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10654 10655 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10656 } 10657 } 10658 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10659 Completed = true; 10660 } 10661 } 10662 } 10663 } 10664 10665 if (!Completed) 10666 Record->completeDefinition(); 10667 10668 } else { 10669 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10670 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10671 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10672 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10673 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10674 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10675 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10676 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10677 } 10678 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10679 // duplicates. 10680 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10681 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10682 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10683 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10684 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10685 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10686 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10687 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10688 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10689 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10690 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10691 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10692 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10693 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10694 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10695 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10696 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10697 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10698 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10699 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10700 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10701 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10702 if (IDecl) { 10703 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10704 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10705 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10706 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10707 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10708 continue; 10709 } 10710 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 10711 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 10712 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 10713 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 10714 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 10715 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10716 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10717 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10718 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10719 continue; 10720 } 10721 } 10722 } 10723 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10724 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10725 } 10726 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10727 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10728 } 10729 } 10730 10731 if (Attr) 10732 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10733} 10734 10735/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10736/// the given type T. 10737static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10738 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10739 QualType T) { 10740 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10741 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10742 10743 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10744 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10745 --BitWidth; 10746 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10747 } 10748 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10749} 10750 10751// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10752// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10753static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10754 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10755 // enum checking below. 10756 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10757 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10758 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10759 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10760 }; 10761 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10762 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10763 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10764 }; 10765 10766 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10767 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10768 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10769 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10770 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10771 return Types[I]; 10772 10773 return QualType(); 10774} 10775 10776EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10777 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10778 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10779 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10780 Expr *Val) { 10781 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10782 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10783 QualType EltTy; 10784 10785 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10786 Val = 0; 10787 10788 if (Val) 10789 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10790 10791 if (Val) { 10792 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10793 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10794 else { 10795 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10796 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 10797 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10798 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10799 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10800 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10801 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10802 ExprResult Converted = 10803 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10804 CCEK_Enumerator); 10805 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10806 Val = 0; 10807 else 10808 Val = Converted.take(); 10809 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10810 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10811 &EnumVal).take())) { 10812 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10813 } else { 10814 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10815 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10816 10817 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10818 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10819 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10820 // expression checking. 10821 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10822 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10823 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10824 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10825 } else 10826 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10827 } else 10828 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10829 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10830 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10831 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10832 // is the type of its initializing value: 10833 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10834 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10835 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10836 } else { 10837 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10838 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10839 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10840 // representable as an int. 10841 10842 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10843 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10844 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10845 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10846 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10847 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10848 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10849 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10850 } 10851 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10852 } 10853 } 10854 } 10855 } 10856 10857 if (!Val) { 10858 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10859 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10860 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10861 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10862 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10863 // is the type of its initializing value: 10864 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10865 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10866 // 10867 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10868 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10869 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10870 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10871 } 10872 else { 10873 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10874 } 10875 } else { 10876 // Assign the last value + 1. 10877 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10878 ++EnumVal; 10879 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10880 10881 // Check for overflow on increment. 10882 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10883 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10884 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10885 // is the type of its initializing value: 10886 // 10887 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10888 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10889 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10890 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10891 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10892 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10893 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10894 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10895 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10896 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10897 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10898 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10899 ++EnumVal; 10900 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10901 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10902 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10903 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10904 << EltTy; 10905 else 10906 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10907 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10908 } else { 10909 EltTy = T; 10910 } 10911 10912 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10913 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10914 // value, then increment. 10915 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10916 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10917 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10918 ++EnumVal; 10919 10920 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10921 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10922 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10923 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10924 // integral type. 10925 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10926 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10927 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10928 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10929 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10930 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10931 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10932 } 10933 } 10934 } 10935 10936 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10937 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10938 // enumerator's type. 10939 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10940 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10941 } 10942 10943 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10944 Val, EnumVal); 10945} 10946 10947 10948Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10949 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10950 AttributeList *Attr, 10951 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10952 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10953 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10954 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10955 10956 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10957 // we find one that is. 10958 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10959 10960 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10961 // scope. 10962 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10963 ForRedeclaration); 10964 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10965 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10966 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10967 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10968 PrevDecl = 0; 10969 } 10970 10971 if (PrevDecl) { 10972 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10973 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10974 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10975 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10976 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10977 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10978 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10979 else 10980 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10981 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10982 return 0; 10983 } 10984 } 10985 10986 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10987 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10988 // different from T: 10989 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10990 // enumerated type 10991 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10992 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10993 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10994 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10995 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10996 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10997 10998 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10999 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11000 11001 if (New) { 11002 // Process attributes. 11003 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11004 11005 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11006 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11007 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11008 } 11009 11010 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11011 11012 return New; 11013} 11014 11015// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11016// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11017// Element2 = Element1 11018// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11019// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11020// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11021static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11022 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11023 if (!InitExpr) 11024 return true; 11025 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11026 11027 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11028 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11029 return true; 11030 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11031 if (!IL) 11032 return true; 11033 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11034 return true; 11035 11036 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11037 } 11038 11039 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11040 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11041 if (!DRE) 11042 return true; 11043 11044 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11045 if (!EnumConstant) 11046 return true; 11047 11048 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11049 Enum) 11050 return true; 11051 11052 return false; 11053} 11054 11055struct DupKey { 11056 int64_t val; 11057 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11058 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11059 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11060}; 11061 11062static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11063 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11064 false); 11065} 11066 11067struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11068 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11069 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11070 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11071 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11072 } 11073 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11074 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11075 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11076 } 11077}; 11078 11079// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11080// a previous element has already been set to. 11081static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 11082 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 11083 QualType EnumType) { 11084 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11085 Enum->getLocation()) == 11086 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11087 return; 11088 // Avoid anonymous enums 11089 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11090 return; 11091 11092 // Only check for small enums. 11093 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11094 return; 11095 11096 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11097 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11098 11099 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11100 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11101 ValueToVectorMap; 11102 11103 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11104 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11105 11106 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11107 // an initialier. 11108 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11109 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11110 11111 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11112 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11113 if (!ECD) { 11114 return; 11115 } 11116 11117 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11118 continue; 11119 11120 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11121 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11122 11123 // First time encountering this value. 11124 if (Entry.isNull()) 11125 Entry = ECD; 11126 } 11127 11128 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11129 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11130 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11131 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11132 continue; 11133 11134 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11135 11136 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11137 if (Entry.isNull()) 11138 continue; 11139 11140 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11141 // Ensure constants are different. 11142 if (D == ECD) 11143 continue; 11144 11145 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11146 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11147 Vec->push_back(D); 11148 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11149 11150 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11151 Entry = Vec; 11152 11153 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11154 // diagnostics. 11155 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11156 continue; 11157 } 11158 11159 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11160 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11161 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11162 continue; 11163 11164 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11165 } 11166 11167 // Emit diagnostics. 11168 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11169 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11170 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11171 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11172 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11173 11174 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11175 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11176 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11177 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11178 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11179 ++I; 11180 11181 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11182 // the same value. 11183 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11184 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11185 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11186 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11187 delete Vec; 11188 } 11189} 11190 11191void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11192 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11193 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 11194 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11195 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11196 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11197 11198 if (Attr) 11199 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11200 11201 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11202 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11203 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11204 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11205 if (!ECD) continue; 11206 11207 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11208 } 11209 11210 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11211 return; 11212 } 11213 11214 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11215 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11216 // emit a warning. 11217 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11218 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11219 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11220 11221 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11222 // reverse the list. 11223 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11224 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11225 11226 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11227 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11228 11229 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11230 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11231 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11232 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11233 11234 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11235 11236 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11237 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11238 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11239 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11240 else 11241 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11242 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11243 11244 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11245 if (AllElementsInt) 11246 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11247 } 11248 11249 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11250 QualType BestType; 11251 unsigned BestWidth; 11252 11253 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11254 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11255 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11256 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11257 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11258 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11259 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11260 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11261 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11262 QualType BestPromotionType; 11263 11264 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11265 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11266 // enum definitions. 11267 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11268 Packed = true; 11269 11270 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11271 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11272 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11273 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11274 else 11275 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11276 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11277 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11278 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11279 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11280 } 11281 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11282 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11283 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11284 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11285 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11286 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11287 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11288 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11289 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11290 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11291 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11292 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11293 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11294 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11295 } else { 11296 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11297 11298 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11299 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11300 } else { 11301 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11302 11303 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11304 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11305 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11306 } 11307 } 11308 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11309 } else { 11310 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11311 // all of the enumerator values. 11312 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11313 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11314 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11315 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11316 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11317 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11318 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11319 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11320 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11321 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11322 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11323 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11324 BestPromotionType 11325 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11326 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11327 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11328 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11329 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11330 BestPromotionType 11331 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11332 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11333 } else { 11334 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11335 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11336 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11337 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11338 BestPromotionType 11339 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11340 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11341 } 11342 } 11343 11344 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11345 // the type of the enum if needed. 11346 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11347 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11348 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11349 11350 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11351 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11352 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11353 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11354 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11355 11356 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11357 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11358 11359 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11360 // the enum decl type. 11361 QualType NewTy; 11362 unsigned NewWidth; 11363 bool NewSign; 11364 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11365 !Enum->isFixed() && 11366 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11367 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11368 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11369 NewSign = true; 11370 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11371 // Already the right type! 11372 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11373 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11374 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11375 // enumeration. 11376 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11377 continue; 11378 } else { 11379 NewTy = BestType; 11380 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11381 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11382 } 11383 11384 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11385 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11386 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11387 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11388 11389 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11390 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11391 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11392 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11393 CK_IntegralCast, 11394 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11395 /*base paths*/ 0, 11396 VK_RValue)); 11397 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11398 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11399 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11400 // enumeration. 11401 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11402 else 11403 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11404 } 11405 11406 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11407 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11408 11409 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11410 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11411 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11412 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11413 11414 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11415} 11416 11417Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11418 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11419 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11420 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11421 11422 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11423 AsmString, StartLoc, 11424 EndLoc); 11425 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11426 return New; 11427} 11428 11429DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11430 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11431 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11432 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11433 Module::AllVisible, 11434 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11435 if (!Mod) 11436 return true; 11437 11438 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11439 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11440 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11441 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11442 // We need the length to be consistent. 11443 if (!ModCheck) 11444 break; 11445 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11446 11447 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11448 } 11449 11450 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11451 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11452 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11453 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11454 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11455 return Import; 11456} 11457 11458void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11459 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11460 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11461 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11462 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11463 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11464 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11465 11466 // Make the module visible. 11467 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible); 11468} 11469 11470void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11471 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11472 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11473 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11474 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11475 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11476 LookupOrdinaryName); 11477 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11478 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11479 11480 if (PrevDecl) 11481 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11482 else 11483 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11484 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11485} 11486 11487void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11488 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11489 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11490 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11491 11492 if (PrevDecl) { 11493 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11494 } else { 11495 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11496 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11497 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11498 } 11499} 11500 11501void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11502 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11503 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11504 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11505 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11506 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11507 LookupOrdinaryName); 11508 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11509 11510 if (PrevDecl) { 11511 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11512 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11513 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11514 } else { 11515 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11516 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11517 } 11518} 11519 11520Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11521 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11522} 11523 11524AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11525 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11526 return D->getAvailability(); 11527} 11528